m ,P f^-
M'^»^**.'
o,
^ *
I- . » . f
t. .>• ».*
^rct' .,6
f f; ^-.^
w. ^
|
>r |
-"•:f. |
"i; |
|
|
«B |
«#i |
m |
|
|
V |
l-5» |
Vf |
3 |
|
^1 |
d^_ |
^^ |
yk |
te :-if'
j* i«-. <*
fi' ■!# il'-
:v m ^*
:* -^ r.
m/ % # ^ '*v
;|v 1^
■» '5
W \t
1^. -b l^. 'f*
'j^»*
•l:"lit:'W'l^"i*:'t'
U-l:
tci.'nl
t
l\k\
et^<
JOURNAL OF
ENTOMOLOGY AND
ZOOLOGY
VOLUME V, 1913
PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY THE
DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY OF POMONA COLLEGE
CLAREMONT, CALIFORNIA, U. S. A.
;J33 2^3
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Contents of Volume V
Volume V, Number 1
Bradley, J. C.
The Sircidse of North America, 1-35.
Hilton, W. A.
The Central Nervous System of Aphorura, 37-42.
Bacon, G.
Two New Species of Collembola from the Mountains of South- ern California, 43-46.
McConnell, E.
Some Remarks on the Abdominal Air Sacs of Stenophelmatus, 47-49.
Whitney, B. B.
A New California Coccid In- festing Manzanita, 50-52.
Girault, A. A.
A New Genus of Chalcidoid, S3-S4.
Essig, E. O.
Sentellista cyanea, bred from Phenacoccus artemisias Ehrh., 55.
Shorter Articles and Reviews of Recent Important Literature, 56-57.
Grinnell, F., Jr.
News Notes, 68.
Volume V, Number 2
Smith, P. E.
A Study of Some Specific Charac- ters of the Genus Pseudococcus, 69-84.
Essig, E. O.
The Yerba Santa Mealy Bug, 85-87.
Guernsey, Mabel
The Circulatory System of Laila cockerelli, 88-92.
Hilton, W. A.
The Nerve Cells of Tarantula, 93-95.
Busck, A.
New California Microlepidoptera. 96-102.
Girault, A. A.
Some New Genera and Species of Chalcidoid Hymenoptera of the Family Eulophide from Austra- lia, 103-112.
Bacon, G.
A Species of Collembola found with Termites, 113.
Shorter Articles and Reviews of Recent Important Literature, 114-120.
Grinnell, F.
News Notes, 121-122.
Volume V, Number 3
Ewing, H. E.
Some New and Curious Acarina from Oregon, 123-136.
Guernsey, Mabel
The Anatomy of Laila cockerelli, 137-157. McGlashan, X.
The Collector's By-Product, 158- 160. Stafford, B. E.
Studies in Laguna Beach Isopods 11, 161-172. Grinnell, F.
Book Reviews, 173-175.
Grinnell, F.
News Notes, 176-177.
Volume V, Number 4
Essig, E. O.
A New Echinococcus, 179-181.
Stafford, B. E.
Studies in Laguna Beach Isopoda
II, 182-188. Hilton, W. A.
The Nervous System of Chelifer,
189-201. Bacon, G.
A New Species of Collembola
from Laguna Beach, 202-204. Shorter Articles and Reviews of
Recent Important Literature,
205-209. The Laguna Marine Laboratory,
211-221. Wants and E.xchanges, 225-226.
S'.5
INDEX TO VOLUME FIVE
Index to Volume V
Abdominal Air Sacs, 47
Acarina, 123
Alloniscus cornutus lagunae, 170
Alychida:, 125
Anal ring, 69
Ants, 62
Aphorura, 37
lutea, 46
mentis, 44 Aulacaspis manzanitae, 50 Bacon, G., 43, 113, 202 Bdella magna, 123 Bdellidje, 123 Blasticotomidas, 4 Bradley, J. C, 1 Busck, A., 96 Caeculidae, 127 California insects, 114 CephidcC, 4 Cerari, 74
Ceratocarus pacificus, 128 Chalastogastra, 2 Chalcidoid, 53, 103 Chelifer nervous system, 189 Cirolana hardfordi, 165 Coccid, SO
on sycamore, 207 Coelocybella, 53
variegata, 54 Coleophora entoloma, 97
quadristrigella, 96 Collembola, 43, 113, 202 Corpora allata, 117 Corydalis cornutus, 60 Dytiscus marginalis, 65 Early naturalists, 118 Entomobrya laguna, 202 Eriococcus, 179
cockerelli, 179 Essig, E. O., 55, 85 Ethmia mediella, 99 EuFophidae, 103 Eurypterida, 116 Ewing, H. E., 123 Galechia coticola, 97
Galechia bigella, 99
scabrella, 98 Giant coccid, 114 Girault, A. A., 53, 103 Grinnell, R, Jr., 68, 119, 120, 121, 173,
176, 222 Guernsey, M., 88, 137 Hilton, W. A., 37, 93, 189 Histeridce, 66 Hoplodermidae, 135 Hypoplesis dietziella, 101 i Ihodidse, 61 Isoplatini, 53 Isopoda, 161, 181 Janira occidentalis, 183 Jugatala tuberosa, 131 Kermes essigii, 205
occidentalis, 206 King, G. B., 205, 206 Laguna Laboratory, 211 Laila cockerelli, 88, 137 McGlashan, Ximena, 158 Mealy bug, Yerba Santa, 85 Megalodontidse, 4 Metacrias, 106 Michslia, pallida, 125 IMicrolepidoptera, californian, 96 Mites, 59 Mosquitoes, 61
and cobwebs, 208 Myrmecophilien, 65 Nemphaloides cinctiventris, 104 Nerve cells of tarantula, 93 Oribatida:, 130 Oryssidae, 4 Pamphilidae, 2 Pentidotea aculeata, 185 Phenacoccus artemisiee, 55 Postanal setce, 72 Phthracarus, maximus, 135 Pseudococcus, 69
agrifolis, 71, 73, 78
citri, 71, 73, 77
crawii, 71, 73, 80
longispinus, 70, 72, 74, 78
obscurus, 71, 73, 77
yerba santse, 85
JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Purple scale, 58
Red spiders, 59
Rhicnopcltella immaculatipennis, 110
splendoriferella, 111 Ryan, H. J., 207
Selitrichodes fasciativentris, 105 Semioscopis acertella, 100 Scutellista cyanea, 55 Sirex, 6, 8, 9
abbotii, 11, 13
apicalis, 11, 12
areolatus, 10, 13, 14
behrensii, 10, 11, 16
californicus, 7, 11
edwardsii, 10
juvencus, 10, 11, 14
nigricornis, 10, 15, 16
obesus, 9, 12 Siricidse, 8 Siricinas, 8 Smith, P. E., 69 Stafford, B. E., 161, 182 Stenophelmatus, 47 Tachinida:, 67 Tenthredinid^e, 4 Tenuiala nuda, 133
Teredon, 8
cubensis, 27
latitarsis, 27 Termites, 113 Termitophilen, 65 Tetrastichus victoriensis, 108
fasciatus, 108 Tarantula, 93 Tremex, 8
columba, 25 Tremicinas, 8 Tylos punctatus, 182 Urocercus, 6, 8
albicornis, 17, 19
californicus, 17, 18, 20
cressoni, 18, 21
flavicornis, 17, 18
taxodii, 17, 20 Whiteflies, 56, 57 Xeris, 6, 8
macgillivrayi, 24
morresoni, 24
spectrum, 23 Xiphydriidae, 3 Xyelidae, 2 Zetck, J., 208
VOLUME FIVE NUMBER ONE
JOURNAL
OF
ENTOMOLOGY
AND
ZOOLOGY
MARCH, 1913
PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY POMONA COLLEGE DEPARTMENT o/ZOOLOGY
CLAREMONT, CALIFORNIA, U. S. A.
CONTENTS
The Siricid^ of North America^/. Chester Bradhy, Ph. D. - \
Announcement - - ■ 36
The Central Nervous System of Aphorura — Wm. A. Hilton - 37 Two New Species of Collembola from the Mountains of
Southern California — Gertrude Bacon - . - - 43 Some Remarks on the Abdominal Air Sacs of Stenopel-
MATUS — Edith M*" Co7inell 47
A New California Coccid Infesting Manzanita — B. B. Whitney 50
A New Genus op Chalcidoid — A. A. Gerault - - - - 53 ScMteUista'cjaned'MoTCB.. , Bred FROM Phenacoccus artemisiae
Ehrh — E. O. Essig - - - 55
Shorter Articles and Reviews of Recent Important
Literature - - -^6
News Notes — Fordyce Grinnell, Jr. - _ - - . 68
Entered at Claremont. Cal.. Post-OflBce Oct. 1, 1910, as second-class matter, under Act of Congress of
March 8, 1879
( APR 21 W^9
Journal of Entomology and Zoology
EDITED BY POMONA COLLEGE, DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY
Subscription $1.00 to domestic, $1.25 to foreign countries.
This journal is especially offered in exchange for zoological and entomological journals, proceedings, transactions, reports of societies, museums, laboratories and expeditions.
The pages of the journal are especially open to western ento- mologists and zoologists. Notes and papers relating to western and Californian forms and conditions are particularly desired, but short morphological, systematic or economic studies from any locality will be considered for publication.
Manuscripts submitted should be tyjiewritten on one side of paper about 8 by 11 inches. Foot notes, tables, explanations of figures, etc., should be written on separate sheets. Foot notes and figures should be numbered consecutively throughou.t. The desired position of foot notes and figures should lie clearly indicated in the manuscript.
Figures should be drawn so that they may be reproduced as line cuts so far as possible. An unusually large number of half tones must be paid for in part )iy tlie author. Other more expensive illustrations will be furnished at cost. Figures for cuts should be made to conform to the size of the page when reduced, that is, 5 by 7Vo inches or less. The lettering should be by means of printed numbers and letters pasted on tlie drawings, in most eases.
Authors of articles longer than a thousand words will receive fifty reprints of their publications free of cost. If more than this are desired, the order should be given with the return of the proof sheets. Extra copies and special covers or special paper will be furnished at cost. Authors of short contributions will receive a few extra copies of the number containing their articles.
Manusc.ri])ts should be sent by express or registered mail. Address all communications to
The .Toii-rnal f)i.' Fntomologv and Zoology
William A. Hilton, Editor Claremont, California, U. S. A.
The Siricidae of North America
J. CHESTER BRADLEY, PH. D. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR OF SYSTEMATIC ENTOMOLOGY IN CORNELL
UNIVERSITY'
Over ten years ago the writer undertook to rearrange tlie eol- lection of SirieidiT? and allied families belonging to Mr. E. T. Cresson, then in the keeping of the American Entomological Society, and whicli since then has been most generously pre- sented to that society by Mr. Cresson. Since that time, during the intervals of other duties, these insects have received a greater or less degree of attention at his hands, and the i)aper then liegun has been several times rewritten and extended.
Unable to foresee the early completion and publication of the entire work, and confronted with the expressed desire of cer- tain workers in the field of llymenopterology that it should be available to them at an early date, it has seemed best to present a preliminary and brief account.
Pending the completion and publication of the fuller work, which is ])lanned to cover the families SiricidfP, Cephida?, Megalodontidse, Oryssidse, and Xiphydriidffi, the author will be grateful for the correction of errors, discrepancies or omissions in the present paper, and especially for the loan of material in any of the above groups, from any part of the world, which he will be glad to identify.
Acknowledgments are due to Professors J. H. Comstock, A. D. MacGillivray, the late Dr. William H. Ashmead, Mr. S. A. Rohwer, Dr. L. 0. Howard, and others, which will be expressed in more detail when the fuller paper is published. I :nn in- debted to my brother. Dr. B. W. Bradley, for assistance in the determination of the derivation and grammatical form of the technical names.
Mr. S. A. Rohwer (1911b) has had the last word upon tlic classification of the horn-tails and sawtlies (Chalastogastra). While recognizing the weight of his views as therein expressed, I have not been able in all cases to accept them. In 1113- o))iniou
2 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
there liave been two well-marked lines in the phylogcny of the suborder, the Tenthrediuid and the Sirieid steins. The Xyelidte and Pamphiliidiv are very primitive forms that represent off- shoots from near where these two stems divide. The Siricidae also retain many highly primitive characters, although in otlier respects "sidewise specialized". The Xiphydriidse, Cephidae, and Megalodontidaj group themselves with them. The Oryssidae represent the most highly modified group within the suborder. They are more divergent from any other family than are any of the other families from each other. Yet I believe they had an ancestry somewlierc along the Sirieid stem. I am not con- vinced of the taxonomic advisability of erecting super-faTiiilies for small groups of their nature, representing as they do, highly specialized offshoots of some other stock.
The classification offered liy Dr. MacGillivray (1906) was based upon careful and critical comparative study of a single set of organs — the wings, and seems more conservative and more in accordance with my own views. I have followed, in the main, the arrangement which he proposes.
I am not prepared, from personal knowledge, to offer an o]iinion u]ion the advisability of dividing the Tenthredinida3 into several families, as is done by Ashmead and Rohwer. ft is outside of the scope of this paper, and I have followed Dr. MacGillivray 's classification in this regard.
THE SUBORDER CHALASTOGASTRA
A Key to the Families
A. Front wings with R, present, possessing three marginal cells.
XYELIDyE
AA. Front wings with R, absent, therefore possessing one or two but never three marginal cells.
B. Front wings with subcosta present as a distinct longitudinal vein. PAMPHILIID^
BB. Front wings with subcosta absent. (Rarely it is present as a pale, very indistinct line, closely appressed to R -f M, or SCj may be present as a transverse vein) .
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 3
The radial cross-vein in the front wings with its caudal end basad of R^, or if it or B5 is absent or they are opposite then the anterior tibial have a single apical spur.
D. Front wings with JL complete; ovipositor more or less saw-like, usually exserted and with promi- nent sheaths: antenna^ not inserted beneath a frontal ridge.
E. Anterior tibise each with only one apical spur; propodeum divided longitudinally. F. Pronotum presenting a strictly cephalic surface, or both cephalic and dorsal surfaces; front wings with the me- dio-cubital cross-vein subequal in length to the transverse part of media. (Fig. 6.)
G. Pronotum transversely r i g h t- angled, so that it presents both a strictly dorsal and a cephalic aspect, the latter concave ; mesopra^scutum poorly defined or wanting ; Sc^ absent ; maxil- lary palpi one-segmented ; lab- ial palpi two or three-segment- ed, the last segment enlarged and bearing a large sensory cup. the first segment not elongate. (Figs. 16 and 17.)
SIEICIDJE
GG. Pronotum a narrow collar ex- tending around the front of the thorax, therefore present- ing lateral and cephalic but no dorsal aspect; mesopricscutum well developed; Scj present in the front wings as a transverse vein; maxillary palpi four- segmented : labial palpi three- segmented, the first segment elongate. XIPHYDRIIDJE
FF. Pronotum more or less quadrate, not transversely angled, presenting lat- eral and dorsal but no strictly cephalic surfaces, its posterior mar- gin extending almost directly from
1 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
tegula to tegiila ; niesopra^scntnin well defined ; front wings with tlie niedio-cubital cross-vein never less than three and sometimes four or five times the length of the trans- verse part of media. CEPIIID.E
EE. Anterior tibiff each with two apical spurs; propodeum not divided longitudinally but • broadly emarginate behind.
31EGAL0D0NTID.E (European)
DD. Front wings with the transverse part of ]\L absent; oviiiositor retractile, thread-like, without prominent sheaths ; antennte inserted low on the front beneath a prominent ridge which has the appearance of being the elypeus; vertex with a crown of tubercles; propodeum not divided longitudinally. ORYSSID.E
CC. The radial cross-vein in the front wings with its caudal end distinctly apiead of R-, or wanting; the anterior tibite with two apical spurs.
D. Antennsp four-segmented, the third segment about twice as long as the first two united, and about nine times as long as the fourth.
BLASTICOTOMID.E
DD. Antennae variously formed, but not as above.
TENTHREDINID.E
THE FAMILY SIRICID^ History of the Nomenclature of the Genera
There have long been recognized five groups, corresponding to what we now call genera, although not all of them, until within the past fifteen years, have been recognized as genera.
LinnEpns in the tentli edition of the Systema naturjie grouped together under the comjirehensive genus Ichneumon the species for which he subsequently erected the genus Sirex (1761). These were five in number, and include the types of three of the genera today recognized, as well as one belonging to another family. These originally included species of Sirex were: gigas, spectrum, juvencus, camelus, and marisca.
The following year Geoffroy i)roposed the name Urocerus, figuring and indicating by a direct bibliographical reference
JOXJBNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 5
only the species which had been described by Linngens (1758) as Iclmeumou gigas, and which Linnseus had subsequently placed in Sirex. That he had done so, however, was unknown to Geoffroy, whose conception of Urocerus was doubtless equiv- alent to that of Sirex by Linnaeus. While Geoffroy does not name any species of Urocerus, he describes one and only one, and by a definite bibliographical reference and a figure identi- fies it with Ichneumon gigas of Linnaeus. The genus Urocerus is therefore monobasic, with Ichneumon gigas as tji^e. This interiiretation is confirmed liy Latreille who in 1810 definitely designed gigas as type. Fourcroy (1875) was the first to actually use a specific name in association with Urocerus, gigas being the name of the species that he then included. From that time until the end of the nineteenth century authors have used, some Sirex, others Urocerus, but always with the same meaning. During the past fifteen years, as a result of the work of Ashmead and Konow, Sirex has been generally recognized as the correct name and Urocerus as a synonym, and this is the status indicated by Rohwer (1911a).
It had long been recognized that there were three species — groups within the old genus Sirex (excluding Tremex, which will be mentioned later), one containing gigas and its allies, another juvencus and its allies, and the third spectrum and its allies. For the latter Costa (1895) proposed the subgeneric name Xeris and Konow (1896) for the jiiveucus group the sub- generic name Paururus. These were shortly, and very appro- priately, raised to generic rank. Xeris contained the single species spectrum which is therefore its type. The type of Paururus is juvi'ncus by designation of Rohwer (1911a). Sirex as thus restricted in the sense of Konow, Ashmead, and Rohwer was with the supposition voiced by Rohwer (1911a) that gigas was its type.
That, then, up to the present is the status of the old genus
Sirex, gigas and its allies retained in it, juvencus and allies
placed in Paururus, spectrum and allies in Xeris.
But unfortunately Curtis (1829) definitely designated juven- cus as the type of Sirex, a fact known to Rohwer, and over-
6 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
looked by him in fixing gigafi as type only through a clerical error. Paururus having the same tj^e is therefore a synonym of Sirex, and the old name Urocerus, long considered a syno- nym of Sirex but having in reality a dit¥erent type, namely gUjn.'i, must be resurrected for Sirex in the sense of recent authors.
The present genera tlien will be:
SIREX, type juvcncits (=Paururus, Konow, Ashmead, and
Rohwer). UROCERUS, type gigas (== Sirex of Konow, Ashmead, and
Rohwer). XERIS, type spectrum.
Jurine (1807) erected the genus Tremex for Sirex magus and S. fuscicornis F. Latreille (1810) indicated the latter as t^je of the genus. Xyloterus Hartig (1837) (not Ericlison 1836) and Xylcecematium Ileyden (1868) («. n. for Xyloterus) both have fuscicornis for their types and are synonyms of Tremex. These names have been but rarely used.
Norton (1869) proposed the name Teredon for Tremex lafi- tarsis and T. cuheusis Cresson. Kirby (1882) proposed Tere- donia to replace Teredon on the mistaken conclusion that the hitter was preoccupied. Teredon, however, is a valid name.
The Taxonomy of the Geneea
Ashmead (1898) recognizes two subfamilies, Siricinfe and Tremecinai, allying Xeris with Tremex and Teredon in the latter. That is an unnatural alignment, brought about by the unfortunate selection of characters which he used in separating the subfamilies. The first of these is the variation in the caudal end of r-m in the front wings which may be upon the longitudinal or again ui>on the transverse part of media. But we find the same variation within single species; it is in fact a character upon which no reliance can be placed in the Siricida?. The second character is the presence of one or two apical spurs on the posterior tibia?. Konow (1905) recognizing Siricidae in tlie present sense as a sul)family, divides it into two tribes, cor- responding exactly to the divisions employed by Ashmead.
JOUENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 7
Eohwer (1911b) attains a more natural arrangement by placing Xeris in the Siricinse. His arrangement is as follows:
"AntennfB long and slender, basal vein received near the middle of the first diseoidal cell; second transverse cubitus present.
Sirecinae
"Hind tibiffi with two ealcaria; humerus [2d A] and transverse
median of the hind wings present. Sirecini
"Hind tibije with one ealcaria [sic (!)]; humerus [2d A] and
transverse median of the hind wings wanting. Xcrimi
"Antenna^ short and stout; basal vein and transverse median in- terstititial, or nearly so; second transverse cubitus wanting.
Tremecinae"
The basal vein (Fig. 8&) is m-cn, and the first diseoidal cell in the sense of Cresson, Marlatt, and others, M4, which, of coiirse, can not receive m-cu. Evidently Rohwer means here, cell Cu,. Examining the several figures of wings here presented (Figs. 6-11) it will be noted that on this character the wing of Xeris would fall doubtfully into the Tremicinae and the wing of Teredon clearly into Siriciua?, resembling closely in this respect the wing of Vrocerus flavicornis. The second transverse cubitus (Fig. 8tc^) is Es, and this is frequently, probably normally, present in Teredon, which would thereby fall into the Siricinse.
There are, however, two important characters which all authors have overlooked in differentiating the subfamilies. Sirex, Urocerus, and Xeris have 3-segmented labial palpi (Figs. 4, 5, and 17), and retain the cerci. Tremex and presumably Teredon (although lack of material makes verification impos- sible) possess 2-segmented labial palpi (Fig. 16) and have lost the cerci.
A further discussion of the relations of the genera would occupy too much space, and I shall reserve it until a later date.
The Forms of the Names
Under each genus I have indicated its derivation, gender, and stem to be used for derivatives. The following forms are the proper ones : Siricini, Siricinse, and Siricidse, not, as has some-
8 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
times been written, Sireeini, Sireeinse, and Sirecicte; Tremicini and Troniicin:r, not Tremeoini and Tremecina'; and Xerini, not Xeriini.
A Key to the Sltbfamilies and Genera of Siricid^
A. Labial palpi 3-segmented (Fig. 17) ; eerci present; antennae filiform, seventeen- to twenty-five-segmented (Figs. 37 and 39) ; the radial cross-vein in the front wings received in the cell R- but never near its apex; posterior tibiiu with one or two apical spurs.
Sirieinae
B. Cornus of the female shouldered or not (Figs. 18-25), but never constricted at the base and then widened apically; free part of Cuj usually di.stinct; head immaculate; poste- rior tibiiv with two apical spurs. Sirex Linna-us
BB. Cornus of the female constricted at base and widened apically (Figs. 26-33) ; never more than a stump of the free part of CUo present ; a white spot present behind the eye.
C. Posterior tibia' with two apical spurs ; ovipositor shorter than the abdomen. Urocerus Geoffroy
CC. Posterior tibiai with one apical spur; ovipositor usually much longer than the abdomen. Xeris Costa
AA. Labial palpi 2-segmented, very thick (Fig. 16); cerci absent; antennte short, four- to fourteen-segmented, or in a few oriental species as many as twenty-segmented, somewhat thickened in the middle ; R- in the front wings absent, the radial cross-vein there- fore received in the united cells Rj-j-.- or if R., is present (Figs. 9 and 10), then the radial cross-vein is directly opposite it; posterior tibiae with one apical spur. Tremieinae
B. In the front wings R., is lost (Fig. 9) ; posterior legs flattened in botli sexes, but not greatly dilated ; flagellum with four- teen or more segments. Trcmex Jurine
1111. In the front wings Rr, normally retained (Fig. 10) ; posterior legs flattened, the tibia' and tarsi greatly dilated (Figs. 12 and 13) ; flagellum reduced to three segments.
Tciudon Norton (Cuban)
Sirex Linnfens
Sirex, (/en. siri<-is,M. ■ (Tuprjv= a wasp (Aristotle) (hriratires : siric +
(Fig-s. 1, (), L5, 17, 18-25, ;17, and :^9)
<1758 Irhvdimon Linnams. Syst. nat. ; ed. 10, v. 1 : p. 560. 1761 .S'iVr.r Linuani.s. Fauna suec. ; ed. 2: p. 396.
JOURNAI^ OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 9
1702 Uroccrus Geofr'roy. Hist, abreg. insec. de Paris; v. 2: p. 264. 1896 Paururus Konow subgenus. Verschied. aus der Hym.-Gruppe d. Tenthred. < Wien. ent. Zeit; v. 15: p. 41.
The type of the genus is Sir ex juvencus Linnaeus, by designa- tion of Curtis (1829). Tlie type of Paururus Konow is tlie same {vide Rohwer, litlla) and the latter is therefore a syno- njTB of Sirex.
The females of this genus are readily distinguished from those of other genera by the shape of the cornus. Both sexes are distinguished by the absence of white marks on the cheeks, which I have found a thoroughly constant character. It is the hardest of all genera in which to separate the males from each other. Confusion has existed among them, and to some extent continues.
A Key to the North American Species of Sirex.
FEMALES
A. Abdomen blue.
B. Legs black or blue, except sometimes apical half of po.sterior tarsi.
C. Cornus short and triangular or shouldered.
D. From a side view the cornus is arched and dis- tinctly widened before the apex, from above short and triangular (Figs. 18 and 19).
californicus (Ashmead)
DD. From a side view tlie cornus is not arched, taper- ing or at least scarcely widened before the apex, from above short and shouldered (Figs. 20 and 21).
E. In the front wings M„ separating from M, midway between R^ and R- ; wings dark violaceous, especially at the base and along the costal margin; body short and stout, the thorax very broad; second seg- ment of the posterior tarsus shorter than the two following united; impressed basin on the alidomen in front of the cornus deep and wider than long.
obesus n. sp.
10 JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
EE. In the front wings M^ separating from M^ ; much closer to R^ than to R^; wings vary- ing from slightly smoky to almost viola- ceous; body as in cyaneus and other species; the thorax not exceptionally bi-oad; second segment of the posterior tarsus longer than the two following united ; impressed basin in front of the cornus shallow, and as long or longer than wide. edwardsii BruUe
CC. Cornus elongate, not shouldered, a ridge at each side towards the base (Fig. 22).
areolatus (Cresson) Kirby
BB. Legs except coxffi yellow or reddish yellow. [Wings nearly hyaline, or somewhat infuscated, especially along the outer margin ; cornus shorter than in areolatus, but distinctly longer than in cdivardsri, not shouldered, from a lateral view usually somewhat arched and widened before the apex (Pig. 23).] jwvencus race cyaneus Pabricius
AA. Abdomen more or less red.
B. Wings hyaline, with a transverse fuscous band basad of the stigma, and a fuscous apical margin ; cornus scarcely shoul- dered (Pig. 25) ; only two basal segments of abdomen red.
behrensii (Cresson) Kirby
BB. Wings fuliginous; cornus distinctly shouldered (Fig. 24) ; basal three or four abdominal segments blue-black.
nigricornis Pabricius
MALES
A. Head and thorax metallic green ; posterior or sometimes all the legs except their coxse rufous; abdomen except basal one or two seg- ments red. [Wings yellow, especially at base.]
areolatus (Cresson) Kirby
AA. Head and tliorax lilack or blue-black, or if somewhat green, the body and legs not colored as above.
B. Apical segment of abdomen blue or black.
C. Seventh dorsal abdominal segment blue or black.
D. Only the fifth and sixth dorsal abdominal seg- ments yellow; legs brown except the anterior and middle femora at tips, their tibise and tarsi, the posterior knees and last two tarsal segments reddish yellow; wings yellowish, smoky around the outer margins; antennaj black.
edwardsii Brulle
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 11
DD. The fourth and apical half of the third dorsal ahdominal segmeuts, as well as tlie fifth and sixth, yellow; legs rufous, the hind tibia and first three segments of the tarsi black; wings yellowish, hyaline; apices of the first two an- tennal segments rufous heneath.
abbotii Kirby CC. Seventh dorsal abdominal segment red. [Legs entirely black; wings hyaline, veins brown.]
apicalis Kirby BB. Apical segment of the abdomen red or yellow.
C. Posterior legs brown except the coxie, second segment of the trochanters and last two tarsal segments red; wings liyaline, sliglitly yellow, no smoky band around the margin; veins yellowish brown. [Abdomen dis- tinctly widened at the apex; thorax metallic, either blue or greenish; base of antenniv l)lack.]
juvencus race cyaneus Fabricius CC. Po.sterior legs brow-n or l)lue-black, except sometimes the knees, tibijE and tarsi red; wings yellowish, with a distinct smoky outer border. nigricornis Fabricius CCC. Posterior legs reddish brown except the coxfe which are black ; wings hyaline, a little smoky at the tip. [Thorax not metallic, black, base of antenna? red.]
behrensii (Cresson) Kirliy
Sir ex calif ornicus (Aslimead)
(Figs. 18 and 19)
1904 Paururus californicus Aslimead, $ . Descr. of four new liorn-tails, <Can. ent. ; v. 36 : p. 64.
Distribution : Inhal)its the Pacific Coast, from northern Cal- ifornia to British Cohinibia.
Sirex edwardsii Brulle (Figs. 20 and 21)
1846 Sirex edwardsii Brulle, 5 . Hist. nat. d. ins. Hym. ; v. 4: p. 645;
pi. 45, f. 1. 1869 Vrocerus zonatus Norton, $ . Cat. descr. Tenthred. and Uro-
eeridse N. A. < Trans. Amer. ent. soc. ; v. 2 : p. 357. 1874 Sirex abaddon Westwood, 2. Thes. ent. oxon. ; p. 115 ; pi. 21, f. 7. 1874 Sirex fulvocinctus Westwood, 2 . Loc. cit.; p. 114; pi. 21, f. 1. 1904 Paururus hopkinsi Ashmead, S 9 . Descr. of four new horn-tails.
■<Can. ent. ; v. 36 : p. 64.
Distribution: Inhabits the transition zone of the Atlantic States.
12 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Sirex apicalis Kirby
1882 Sirex apicalis Kirby, S . List Hym. Brit, mus.; v. 1 : p. 377; pi.
15, f. 11. 1898 Paururus areolatus Konow, ,5 9 . Syst. und krit. Bearbeitung der
Siricini. < Wien. ent. Zeit. ; v. 17: p. 81.
I have seen a single specimen from unknown locality. S. obcau^ may he the female of this. Distribution: \'ancouver Island.
Sirex obesiis new species
9 . ## Metallic blue-black, duller on abdomen. Wings dark violaceous, especially at base and the costal margin. Body short and stout, the thorax exceptionally broad, distinctly wider than the head.
Head and thorax clothed with sparse black pubescence; clyijeus longitudinally striate; genae closely and coarsely punc- tured; vertex with a distinct longitudinal prominence on each side above, these sparingly punctured and shining, rest of ver- tex coarsely closely ])unctured, almost rugose in places; anten- nae short, 18 nun., 19-segmented, the apical segments with flat- tened surfaces, a longitudinal channel on the inner surface of each segment; thorax coarsely punctured, the shoulders tuber- culate; mesoscutum mesally in front nearly impuuctate and shining.
M, se])arating from Mo midway between E4 and E-, in front wings. Legs rather short, stouter than in edicardsii and more spinose ; the second tarsal segment shorter than the two follow- ing united; the claw with a strong tooth lieneath and a lobe at base.
Basal plates and to some extent the second segment pubes- cent; the second and remaining dorsal segments minutely sha- greened, oiiacpie, the eighth toward the apex with punctures bearing short hairs; the precornal basin deep, broader than long, without a central carina, sejiarated from the cornus by a suture; tlie ui)i)er surface of the cornus making an obtuse angle with the dorsal surface of the ninth segment; the base of the cornus consideraI)ly narrower than the ninth segment; cornus
JOTJENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 13
from above of moderate length (3.5 mm.) ; strongly shouldered, beyond the slioiilders serrate, the apical spine narrow; from a side view the dorsal surface is flat, the ventral surface tapering to the tip, except just beyond the anus two or three large ser- rations cause a slight widening; ovipositor extending less than
3 mm. beyond the tip of the cornus.
Length of thorax including basal jilates 9 mm. ; of abdomen 14.5 mm. ; expanse of wings 54 mm. ; antennae 18 mm. ; front wing l24.5 mm. ; posterior leg '20 mm. ; tibia 8 mm. ; metatarsus
4 mm.; ovipositor 7 mm.; total length to tip of cornus 28 mm.
This may be the female of apicalin. Habitat : Arizona.
T^^:)e : ■ A unique female in the collection of the American Entomological Society.
Sirex abbotii Kirby
1882 Siirx abhotii Kirbv, £. List Hyni. Hrit. inu.s. ; v. 1: p. 378; pi.
15, f. 8. 1898 Paururiis cyaneus Konow, $ 9 . Syst. und krit. Bearbeitung der
Sirieini. < Wein. ent. Zeit. ; v. 17 : p. 81.
This species is known with certainty only from the male. Female specimens from the same locality were recorded by Kirby as S. edwardsti, with the remarks that they were per- haps the females of abbotii. Konow is wrong in assigning this species to cyaneus, which does not occur south of New York, and is different in coloration. I have not seen specimens.
Distribution: Georgia.
Sirex arcolatus (Cresson) Kirby The alxlomen of the female is a more metallic and shining
blue than in the foregoing species. Konow considers apicalis as a synonym of this species, but
the male described by him for areolatus is not what I consider
to be the male of areolatus, described below.
Westwood's figure, by the shape of the abdomen and cornus
leaves no doubt but that his gracilis belongs here.
14 JOUKNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Cacruli'iis is at most a variety of areolatus. It differs onlj- liy liavinn- tlie iiosterior tarsi beyond the middle of the meta- tarsus red, darker on the last segment, and by having only slightly fuscous wings. Edwardsii shows quite as much varia- tion in wing color.
Key to the Races of Sirex areolatus
Wings dark violaceous ; legs entirely black or blue-black.
Rflce areolatus (Cresson) Kirby Wings only .slightly smoky; posterior tarsi beyond the middle of the metatarsus red, apical segment darker.
Race cacruleus (Cresson) Kirby
Eace areolatus (Cresson) Kirby (Fig. 22)
1867 Vroccrus areolatus Cresson, 2 . Cat. of a small coll. Hym. made
in N. Mex. < Trans. Amer. ent. soc. ; v. 1 ; p. 375. 1874 Sirex gracilis Westwood, § . Thes. ent. oxon. ; p. 114; pi. 21, f. 4.
Known from the mountains of Arizona and New Mexico, Colorado and Northern California.
Race caeruleus (Cresson) Kirby
1880 Uroccrus caeruleus Cresson, 9 . Descr. of new N. A. Hym. in coll.
Am. Ent. Soc. < Trans. Amer. ent. soc. ; v. 8 : p. 34. 1898b I'aurKrus areolatus^Show, S 9 ■ Syst. u. krit. Bearb. d. Siric-
Trib. Siricini. < Wien. ent. Zeit. ; v. 17 : p. 90.
Known only from ^^ancouver Island.
Sirex juvencus race cyaneus Fabricius (Fig. 23)
1781 Sirex cyaneus Fabricius, 2. Spec, insec. ; v. 1 : p. 419.
1837 Sirex duplex Shuokard, S 5 . Descr. of a n. sp. of Sirex discov- ered to attack spruce fir. < Mag. nat. hist. ; (n. s.) v. 1 : p. 630.
1841 Urocerus uitidus Harris. Rep.Tns. Mass. inj. to veg. ; p. 391.
1866 Sirex varipes Walker, 9 . In The Naturalist in Vancouver Island and liritish Coliunbia. By J. K. Lord : v. 2 : p. 342.
1882 Sirex abbolii Kirby, S. List. Hym. Brit. mus. ; v. 1 : p. 378; pi. 15, f. 8.
1882 Sirex hirsulus Kii-l)y, S . Loc. cit. ; p. 380 ; pi. 15, f. 6.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 15
Shuckard makes the identification of the male certain, as he notes its occurrence with the female in the spruce fir {Pinus [Picea] nigra), which is an American fir, although the sjieci- mens were found in Cambridgeshire, Klngland. He states that they last about a fortnight during the latter part of May and early June. He mentions the confusion existing in the identifi- cation of the species, and correctly suggests that it may prove to he Sirex cyaneus. The t^1^ical race is European, living in Scotch fir {Pinus sylvestris) . It differs little from cyaneus, liaving however the base of the antennae red instead of l)lack. Mr. Ingpen relates the occurrence of cyaneus in England by thousands in the boards of a house which had been built three years; the lumber was supposed to have been brought from Canada.
Konow in his monograph of the Siricini incorrectly places (ibbotii as the male of cyaneus, and he considers varipes syn- onymous. S. duple:v was not supposed to he new when de- scribed, but was so treated on account of the confusion in regard to it, and was thought possibly to be S. cyaneus.
Distribution: From northern New York to New Brunswick, Newfoundland and Hudson's Bay, west to Vancouver Island, south to Illinois and Kansas, south along the Rocky Mountains to New Mexico, and along the Pacific Coast to California. A characteristic species of the Canadian and possibly also Hud- soniau life zones.
Sirex nigricornis Fabricius
Konow has placed pinicola Ashmead as a synonym of nigri- cornis. There seems, however, to be a more or less constant dif- ference in the color of the posterior legs, and it seems that pinicola represents a southern race of the more northern nigri- cornis, the two meeting in the region of West Virginia and Delaware.
Norton states that males taken in the same locality as the female were almost precisely the same as the males of 8. cyaneus.
16 journaij of entomology and zoology
Key to the Eaces of Sibex nigricobnis
Legs entirely blue-black. pinicola (Ashniead)
Legs basally iilue-blat-k, the tilii;v and tarsi red. iiigricfirnis Fabrieius
Eace nigricurnis Fabricius
(Fig. 24)
1781 Sirex nigriconiis Fabrieius, 9 ■ Spec, insec. ; v. 1 : p. 413.
1869 Uroccrus nigricornis Norton, ? S ■ Cat. deser. Tenthredinidtu
and Urocerida^ N. A. < Trans. Anier. ent. soc. ; v. 2 : p. 3.59. 1874 Sircx morio Westwood, ?. Thes. ent. oxon. ; p. 115; pi. 21, f. 6.
Distribution: From New York to Delaware.
Eace pUiiruhi (Aslimead)
1898 I'aurKrKs piiticolus Ashniead, 9. Class, horn-tails and saw-dies.
<Can. ent; v. 30: p. 179. 1898 Paururus mgricornis Konow. Syst. u. krit. Bearb. d. Siric.-Trib.
Siricini. < Wien. ent. Zeit. ; v. 17 : p. 270. 1904 Paururus pixicola Ashniead, $. Deser. of four new horn-tails.
< Can. ent. ; v. 36 : p. 64.
Konow lias pointed out that piiiicolo is a Latin substantive, and can not lie changed to pinicolus.
Distribution : From "West Virginia to Florida.
Sirex behroisH (Cresson) Kirby
(Figs. 1 and 25)
1880 Uroccrus hclircnsii Cresson, ? . Deser. new N. A. Hyni. in coll. Amer. ent. soc. < Trans. Anier. ent. soc. ; v. 8 : p. 35.
S . ^ In the male which lias not heretofore been described the smoky liand beneath the stigma is wanting, the smoky margin at the apex less pronounced; the liase of the antenn?e red; the coxtT black, the rest of the legs reddish l)rown; the abdomen except the basal two segments red; the free margin of the eighth dorsal segment sufficient to conceal the tenth, even when the latter is extended.
Itelated to iiigriconns. The color of the wings seems to be quite constant.
Distribution: Known from California (Berkeley, Sept. 1906, J. C. Bradley) and Nevada.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 17
Uroceriis Geoffroy
Urocerus, gen. uroceri, M. <ovpa = tail + K€pas = horn derivatives: urocer +
(Figs. 2, 5, 7, 26, and 29-33)
<175S Ichneumon Linnsus. < Syst. nat. ; ed. 10, v. 1 : p. 560.
1761 Sirex Linna>us. Fauna suec ; ed. 2: p. 396.
1762 Urocerus Geoffroy. Hist, abreg. insee. de Paris; v. 2: p. 264.
Tlie type of the genus is Ichveiiiiioii gifjas Linna'us.
A Key to the North American Species of Urocerus A. AlKlomen entirely black or blue-black.
B. Winjj.s soiiipwhat smoky or yellow; antenna>, except the base and soiiietiincs the apex, cheeks, sonietimes lateral spots on the last abdominal segnient, base of tibiae and tarsi white or yellow.
C. Wings somewhat smoky; antenna' except the apex and the basal two or three segments, cheeks, sometimes lateral spots on the abdomen, the base of the tibite and tarsi, white. 2 albicornis (Fabricius) Harris
CC. Wings golden yellow ; antenna- except the basal segment and all other markings yellow.
9 calif ornicus Norton
BB. Wings brown-black; antenna' from the eleventh segment to the apex white; cornus reddish yellow.
9 ta.rodii (Ashmead)
AA. Abdomen partly red or yellow, or brownish.
B. Wings subhyaline.
C. Antenna-, tibia>, and tarsi, second, seventh, eighth, and sometimes the first abdominal segments more or less yellow, the remainder black ; wings yellow toward the base and costal margin.
9 flavicornis (Fabricius) Provancher
CC. Antenna; brown, yellowish at the base; tibisij and tarsi except the anterior, brown, their bases yellow; third, fourth, fifth, and sixth, abdominal segments yellow, the remainder black; wings clear, not yellow.
S flavicornis (Fabricius) Provancher
BB. Wings browu-black; the abdomen and more or less of thorax reddish or brownish yellow, the apex dusky or blackish.
3 taxodii (Ashmead)
18 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
BBB. Wings violaceoixs; antenna black, apex yellow; abdomen
more or less black or entirely red, apex always red; legs
exce(tt tlie posterior tibia:" and tarsi yellow or more or less
black. crcssoni Norton
AAA. Abdomen entirely reddish or brownish yellow.
B. Thorax red or brownish ; antennie, legs, and abdomen yellow- ish red; wings jadlow. S califondcHS Norton
BB. Thorax, head, base of antennae, and more or less of legs, black ; wings violaceous. 5 and variety of 9 cressoni Norton
BBB. Thorax except tiietauotum black; apex of abdomen dusky. (See S taxodii.)
Urocerus fi<iricoriiis Fabrieius (Figs. 8 and 26)
1781 Sirex flavicornis FH]n-k\ufi. 9. Spec, insec. : v. 1 : p. 418.
1835 Sirex bizonatus Stephens, 9. Illus. Brit. ent. ; v. 7 : p. 114; pi.
36, f. 2. <1841 Urocerus abdomhialis Harris, S- Rep. ins. Mass. inj. to veg. ; p.
392. 1874 Sircx latifasciatiis Westwood, S. Thes. ent. oxon. ; p. 114; pi. 21,
f. 2. 1893 Urocrru.t riparius MacGillivray, $ . Washington Tenthred. and
Uroeeridre. < Can. ent. ; v. 25 : p. 244.
This liandsome insect is our commonest species of Urocerus There is no doubt tliat tlie male described by Harris as ahdom- iualis is in part the male of this species, and also probably in jiart of albicanris. In a series of over fifty males I find five that possess but a single spur on the apex of the posterior tibiae, a character that would place them in the subfamily Tremicinae according to Ashmead's classification.
Kirby says that hizoiiattwi differs in the lighter color of the hind legs and the color of the abdomen, but specimens of flavi- cornis show this same variation.
The North American pdvicoriiis is very closely related to the European gigas. The difference may be expressed by the fol- lowing table:
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 19
gigos faviconiis
5 9
Cormis linear, very slightly wid- Cornus more distinctly widened
ened before the apex; eighth dor- before the apex; eighth dorsal seg-
sal segment entirely yellow; ninth ment yellow only at base; ninth
dorsal segment yellow laterally at dorsal segment entirely black, apex.
° Scape black; antenna^ from the
Scape usually black; flagellum seventh segment to apex often but
yellow; seventh dorsal segment not always dusky or black; sev-
yellow. enth dorsal segment black.
Distribution: From Silieria and Alaska, Keewatin and Ijab- rador south along the Pacific Coast to Oregon, along the Rocky Mountains to Arizona and New Mexico (at high altitudes) and even Mexico, south in the east to northern New York, New Hampsliire and Massaclmsetts.
The species is characteristic of the Hudsonian and Cauadian life zones. It seems to be common in coniferous forests of the nortli. It is entirely absent so far as known from California, and in the states of Colorado, Utah, Arizona and New Mexico is confined as noted by Mr. Rohwer, to the liigh mountains, 7500 feet and upward. A single record from Nebraska is ratlier puzzling, and perhaps an error. Farther east it extends south scarcely below the Canadian boundary, liaving been taken at high altitudes in the White ^Mountains and a single specimen many years ago at Ithaca, N. Y.
Vrocerus albiconiis (Fabricius) Harris
(Fig. 32)
1781 Sire.r aIbiconii.'< Fabricius, $. Spec, insec. ; v. 1: p. 41[). <1841 Urocerus ahdotninalis Harris, $ . Report ins. Mass. inj. veg. ; p.
419. 1882 Sirex stephensi Kirby, 5. List. Hym. Brit. mus. ; v. 1: p. 375.
The male is indistinguishable, so far as yet known, from tlie male of S. favicnruis.
Distribution: From Britisli Columbia, nortliern Ontario, Nova Scotia and Newfoundland south to Pennsylvania, Wash- ington and northern Idaho.
20 JOURNAL, or ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Tliis species is comniou in the Canadian life zone and may extend into tlie lludsonian. In the east it extends a little farther south ah)ng the Alleghanies than does favicuniis. In the west it extends, so far as known, only slightly south of the Canadian l)order; south of this it is replaced by the very closely allied calif oruiciii<, which indeed has often been looked upon as siiui)ly a \ariety.
In the southeast it is replaced by taxudvi, to which it is closely related.
Uruccrns califoruicus Norton (Figs. 7 and 33)
1869 Uroccrus albiconiis var. californicus Norton, 9 . Cat. descr.
Tenthred. and Uroceridai N. A. < Trans. Amer. out. see. ; v. 2:
p. 360. 1880a Urocerus fulvus Cresson, s . Descr. of new Hym. in coll. Anier.
ent. soc. < Traus. Amer. ent. .see. ; v. 8 : p. 35. 1882 Sirc.r flavipennis Kirby, 2 . List. Hym. Brit. inus. ; v. 1 : p. 380 ;
pi. 1.5, f. 10.
Distribution : From Vancouver Island south along the coast to the Coastal Mountains of northern California, and along tlie Sierras to Tulare C-ounty, south along the Rockies through Idaho, Utah and Colorado to New Mexico, Arizona, and Mexico.
Urocerus taxodii (Ashmead) (Figs. 2 and 29)
1904 Sirex taxodii Ashmead, S 2 . Descr. of four new sp. horn-tails. < Can ent. ; v. 36 : p. 63. Bred from cypress {Taxodium disticlvuni).
Distribution: Tryon, North Carolina; and Decatur County, Georgia.
The writer took a typical female specimen flying about cypress on Spring Creek, fourteen miles from Bainbridge in the extreme southwestern part of Georgia, October 1, 1910. A male taken the day itrevious within a half mile of the same place, also flying about a cypress tree, undoubtedly belongs to the same sijecies, but was largely destroyed by ants before it
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 21
could be studied. The following j'ear (June 7-23, 1911) he took four females and three males at the same locality. They were nil almormally small, measuriui^' from 18-20 mm. ( 9 ) and 12-17 mm. ( <5 ), while the female collected the previous autumn meas- ured 33 mm.
Urocenis cre.'isnjii Norton
There seem to be three color varieties of this species, most distinct in the female.
Table to the Varieties of Urocerus cressoni
Abdomen entirely red; wings dark fuliginous. unicolor n. var.
Basal six dorsal segments of the abdomen brown. cressoni Norton
Abdomen red, with a black band occupying the third, fourth, and
fifth dorsal segments (sometimes less.) tricolor Provancher
These varieties do not represent geographical distinctions. Distribution: Nova Scotia and Ontario south to Georgia.
Variety cressoni Norton
1864 Urocerus cressoni Norton, 9 . Notes on Tenthred. with deser. of n. sp. in coll. of the ent soc. <Proe. Ent. see. Phila. ; v. 3 : p. 16.
The male differs from the female (see descrijition under variety unicolor) by the legs being entirely brownish black.
Variety tricolor Provancher
1869 Urocerus tricolor, Frovaneher, ?. Descr. d'un nouv. Hym. <Nat.
eanad. ; v. 1 : p. 17.
1870 Urocerus tricolor Provancher, $ . Nat. eanad.; v. 2 : p. 77 ; f. 10. 1S7-1: Sires dimidiatus Westwood, $. Thes. ent. oxon. ; p. 115; pi. 21,
f. 5. 1901 Sirex fiskei Ashmead, ? . Descr. of four new horn-tails. <Can. ent. ; V. 36 ; p. 63.
I have seen the types of fiskei Ashmead, and find no reason for thinking that species different from tricolor. In one female the legs are entirely black except the base of the posterior tibiffi and metatarsi, and the extreme base of the middle metatarsi. In other specimens the legs are as in unicolor.
22 .TOUBNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Variety unicolor n. viir. (Fig. 31)
S.ij^^Head aud thorax black, except the temples, which are creamy; antennae l)lacl\ at base, the apical fourteen segments creamy. Wings fnliginons, with violaceous reflection; legs bhick, tlie anterior tibi« and metatarsi narrowly creamy white at tlic l)ase, tlie middle ones more broadly so, the posterior til)iffi, metatarsi, following and ultimate tarsal segments creamy white except at tip; base of third posterior tarsal segment and claws creamy ; alidomen entirely red, opaque and slightly satiny above, polished beh)w. The precornal basin is wide and short, the al)domen less bluntly terminated, and the cornus less elon- gate, and its neck less constricted than in taxodii; ovipositor extending slightly more than the length of the cornus beyond the tip of the latter.
Distribution: Quebec (Joliette, July 9, type, 9). Mass. (Saugus, August, 1!)U5, paratype, 9 ).
Type in the author's collection and paratj^pe in the collection of the American Entomological Society.
Xeris Costa (Figs. 4, 11, 28, 30, and 35)
Xeris, gen. xeris, F. < Stpi'S = a kind of plant derivatives: xer +
<1758 Ichneumon Linnaeus. Syst. naturae; ed. 10; v. 1: p. 560. <1761 Sirex Linnanis. Fauna suec; ed. 2: p. 396. <1762 Urocerus Geoffroy. Hist, abreg. insec. d. Paris ; v. 2 : p. 264. 189r) Xeris Costa subgenus. Frosp. Im. Ital. <Atti. d. r. Afad. d. sei. fis. e mat. Napoli ; (2nd ser.) v. 7 : p. 295.
As in Sirex the cheeks are white maculate, aud the cornus contracted at base. The posterior lateral angles of the head are sluirply carinate. The ovijiositor is usually longer than tlie body.
A Key to the North American Species of Xeris.
FEMALES
A. Cornus distinrtly constricted at its base. ]i. Abdomen except first segment red.
morrisoni (Cresson) Konow
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 23
BB. Abdomen entirely black.
spectrum race caudata (Cresson) Konow A A. Cornus not constricted at its liase, or very slightly so. [Alidoinen except first dorsal segment red; legs black, the tarsi reddish.]
macgillivraiji u. sp.
MALES
Abdomen mostly red. morrisoni (Cresson) Konow
Abdomen black. spectrum race caudatus (Cresson) Konow
Xeris spectrum (Linnaeus) Costa
(Fig. 4)
Kirby notes that caudata is closely allied to spectrum. They are indeed so closely related as to be undoubtedly one species. A careful examination of specimens of both species fails to dis- close any very satisfactory characters to separate them even as races. Konow does this as follows :
Legs uniformly reddish yellow, in the $ the posterior legs black at base ; S with black temples ; ovipositor longer than the body. caudata (Cresson) Konow
Tibiffi white at base, each temple with a yellowish white spot; $ with posterior legs mostly black; ovipositor as long as the body. spectrum (Linnteus) Costa
Xeris spectrum race caudata (Cresson) Konow (Figs. 11 and 28)
1865b Urocenis caudatus Cres.son, 9. <'at. Hym. in coll. Am. ent. .soc.
from Col. Terr. < Proc. Ent. soc. Phila. ; v. 4 : p. 247. 1869 Vrocerus caudatus Norton, S § . Cat. descr. Tenthred. and Uroc.
N. A. < Trans. Amer. ent. soc. ; v. 2 : p. 363. 1874 ,s'//-('.r melancholicus Westwood, S. Tlies. ent. oxon. ; p. 116; pi.
21, f. 8.
Distribution: Inhabits the Hitdsonian and Canadian life zones, where it is a common insect, having been found from Alaska, Keewatin, and Nova Scotia south along the Pacific Coast to northern California, and in the Eocky Mountains to Colorado, where it occurs at high altitudes. In the east it has been taken in the White Mountains, and may be expected in the Adiroudacks.
24 JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Xeris morriso)ii (Cresson) Konow (Fig. 27)
1880a Urocerus morrisoni Cresson, $ S . Deser. new N. A. Hym. in coll.
Amer. ent soe. < Trans. Amer. ent soc. ; v. 8 : p. 35. 1880 Urocerus tarsalis Creason, 9. Loc. cit. Tp. 52. 1893 Urocerus indccisus MacG\l\\vra.y, 6. Wash. Tentlired. and Uro-
ceridifi. < Can. ent. ; v. 25 : p. 243.
Distribution: So far ass known, confined to tlie west coast of tlie United States from Vancouver to nortliern California, and Tulare County in the Sierras, and the Rocky Mountains of Col- orado and Utah. Occurs in company with X. cauddfu.'^.
Xeris tuncgillivrayi new species (Figs. 30 and 35)
5 . :j^ Head and thorax dull black, a white spot on tlie upper part of the temples ; antennae black, shading into reddish yellow on the apical portion. Legs brownish black, the anterior tarsi, iniildle til)ia! and tarsi and posterior tarsi dull reddish, the i)os- terior tibia^ whitish at extreme base; abdomen except basal plates brick red; the sheaths of the ovipositor concolorous with tlie abdomen, the ovipositor darker. Wings uniformly smoky, the veins brown, except the costa, which is yellowish.
Head quadrate, the posterior angles rounded; forehead and vertex rugosely confluently punctured, with a longitudinal me- dian channel, and two less distinct lateral impressions; temples smooth and polished, above impunctate, their lower portions with some round median punctures and a row along the margin of tlie eyes, the lower i)ortion with a short sharp median ridge, not so marked as in morrisoni; clyi^eus very prominent, rugose, its anterior margin smooth, truncate. Third antenual segment sliglitly exceeding the fourth, twenty-two segments in all, the scai)e l)road, flattened, concave beneath, the under surface closely, finely punctate.
Humeral angles prominently carinate, the pronotum behind them transversely, rugosely, and coarsely ridged; pleurse shallowiy ]>unctate; venter impunctate, smooth and polished. Posteriiir metatarsus exceeding the length of the following seg-
JOUENAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 25
ments together, the second segment not quite as long as the two following united; claws with a tooth within.
C'ornus rather long, but abnornially wide at base, barely con- stricted in the middle, not altogether unlike the cornus of Sirex areolatus; ovipositor extending a little more than twice the length of the cornus beyond the tip of the latter.
Length of the front wing 15 mm. ; of the cornus 2.7 mm. ; of the ovipositor 15 mm. ; total length 20.5 mm.
It gives me pleasure to dedicate this species to my friend and former teacher. Dr. A. D. MacGillivray, in recognition of his signal contributions to our knowledge of the Chalastogastra.
Tremex Jurine
Tremex, gen. treraicis, M. irr. <Tp^^<T£TpaiVa)=to bore through, derivatives: tremic +
(Figs. 3, 9, 16, 36, and 38)
<1761 Sirex Linnteus. Fauna sueicaj; ed. 2: p. 396. <1762 Vrocerus Geoft'roy. Hist, ahreg. insec. d. Paris; v. 2: p. 264. 1807 Tremex Jurine. Nouv. meth. class. Hym. ; p. 80. 1837 Xylotrriis Ilartig. Faiii. d. Blatt. u. Holzwespen. ; p. 385. 1868 Xyloecematium Heyden. Ueber das seither unbek. < Manehen von Xyloterus fuseicornis. <Berl. ent. Zeitselir. ; v. 12: p. 27.
There is only one North American species. Tremex columba (Linna?us) Lepeletier de Saint Pargeau There are three fairly well marked races, of which heretofore only two have been recognized.
A Key to the Races of Tremex columba
A. Entire Ijody fulvous; legs beyond femora yellow; wings dark red- dish brown. Race sericeus Say.
AA. Abdomen marked black and yellow.
B. Ground color black ; second dor.sal segment, line at base of third, broadened laterally, wedge-shaped spot on sides of five following segments, the cornus at base, and .sometimes spot on sides of nintli segment yellow ; head and thorax varied with brown ; wings brown or yellowish.
Race columha (Linna-us) Lepeletier de Saint Fargeau
BB. Ground color yellow; apical line of second to seventh dorsal segments; sometimes apex of eighth and more or less of sides of ninth segments black: head, thorax and antennae yellowish brown; wings yellow. Race aureus new race
26 JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Race columha (Linnaeus) Lepeletier de Saint Fargeau (Figs. 3, 9, 11, 36 and 38)
17(;;{ Slvix ciihiiiilxi Liiina-us. Cent, insee. ; p. -W. (In Anioen. Acad.;
V. 6.) 1773 »Sf«Ve.r pennsylvanicAis DeGeer. Mem. liist. msec. ; v. 3 : p. 593 ; pi.
30, f. 13. 1773 Sirex cinctiis Dniry. 111. nat. hist.; v. 2: p. 72; pi. 38, f. 2. 1791 Sirex amerkana Christ. Naturg. d. Insek. ; p. 412. 1823 Trenipx obsolrtris Say. Deser. n. sp. Ilyiii. ins. < West, quart.
reporter; v. 2: p. 73. [lieprint, Lee. ed. ; v. 1 : p. 74.] 1874 Trriiifx maunis Westwood. Thes. ent. oxon. ; p. 116; pi. 21, f. 3.
Distribution : This form is verj' common in Quebec, Ontario, and nortlieastern United States, extending south as far as Georgia. It is less common in the eastern provinces of Canada. It extends into the states of tlie middle west, but in the Rocky Mouutaius is replaced by the race aureus, although a few spec- imens of the typical form have been found in that district. In the south it is probably replaced by the following race, with wliich it mingles, however, in the southeast.
Race sericeus Say
1823 Tremex sericeus Say. Deser. n. sp. Hym. ins. < "West quart.
reporter; v. 2 : p. 73. [Reprint, Lee. ed. ; v. 1 : p. 73.] 1846 Tremex servillei BruUe. Hist. nat. ins. Hym.; v. 4; p. 645; f. 2.
Distribution: Southeastern United States, extending north as far as Pennsylvania, and west as far as Utah.
Race aureus new race
9 . :#:# Antennae, head, thorax, coxae, trochanters, and femora yellowish brown, sutures washed with black ; rest of legs, basal plates, and abdomen, except as noted, yellow; wings yellow, brownish at apex; line on apical margin of third to seventh dorsal segments black, broadest mesally, line sometimes inter- rujited mesally on sixth and seventh segments, eighth segment wholly yellow, or black at apex, sides of ninth segment some- times stained black.
Distribution: Colorado (Clear Creek, Sept. 5, 1898; Berke- ley, Sept. 11, 1898; Denver, Sept. VA, 1898; Oct. 15, 1899; Ft.
JOUENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 27
Collins, Sept. 6, 1899) ; New Mexico (Albuquerque) ; Arizona.
This seems to be the common form in the Rocky Mountains. A specimen labelled "Canada" in the collection of the American Entomological Society is rather intermediate between this race and the typical form.
Tciedou Norton
Teredon, gen. teredonos, F. <Tep7jSu)v ^ wood-worm deri raf.ires : teredon +
(Figs. 10, 12 and 13)
<1807 Tremc.r Jnrme. Nouv. meth. class. Ilym. ; p. 80.
1869 Teredon Norton. Cat. descr. Tenthred. and Uroeeridaj N. A.
< Trans. Amer. ent. soc. ; v. 2: p. 366. 1882 Teredonia Kirby. List Hym. Brit. nms. : v. 1 : p. 376.
Kirby says that this name is preoccupied and Konow says that it is preoccupied in MoUusca. After careful search I found no such genus, and upon consulting with an eminent malacol- ogist, I was assured that there was no such term in that science. Probably Kirby had reference to the name Pteredo. I have therefore followed recent authors in restoring Norton's original name.
A Key to the Species of Teredon
Wings, legs, and body, except narrow bands on the abdomen,
yellow. cuhensis (Cresson) Norton
Wings liyaline, fuscous at apex, legs and body except abdomen
green-black, abdomen red. lafitarsis (Cresson) Norton
Teredon citbeii-sis (Cresson) Norton (Fig. 13)
1865a Tremex cuhensis Cresson, 5 . On the Ilym. of Cuba. < Proc. ent. soc. Phila. ; v. 14 : p. 2.
Distribution : Cuba.
Teredon Intitarsis
1865a Tremex latitai-sis Cresson, <5 . On the Hym. of Cuba. <Proc. ent. soc. Phila.; v. 14: p. 2.
Considered by Konow to be the male of cuhensis, as is not unlikely.
Distribution: Cuba.
28 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
LiTEKATUBE CiTBD
Ashmead, William Harris 1898
Classification of the horntails and sawflies or the suliorder Phytophaga. By Williaiu H. Aslimead. Canadian entomol- ogist; June-December 1898, v. 30: 141-145, 177-182, 205-213, 225-232, 249-257, 281-287, 305-316 p.
Curtis, John 1829
Sircc JHvencus. No. 253 (In British entomology; being illus- trations and descriptions of the genera of insects found in Great Britain and Ireland; containing coloured figures from nature of the most rare and beautiful species, and in many instances of the plants upon whi(!h they are found. By John Curtis. Vol. VI. London, printed for the author, 1829, 25 cm.)
Fonrcroy, A)it()iiu' Francois de. 1785
Entomologia parisieusis, sive Catalogus insectorum qua3 in agro parisiensi reperiuutur; secundum methodum geoti'ra'anum in sectiones, genera and species distributus; cui addita sunt nomina trivalia and fere tercenta^ novaj species. Edente A. F. de Fourcroy. Parisiis, 1785. 2 v. 141/0 cm.
Konoiv, Friedrich Wilhelm 1905
Hymenoptera. Family Siricidai von F. W. Konow. Fascicule 28: Ip. 1., 14 p., 1 col. pi. {In Genera insectorum; publics par P. Wytsman. Bruxelles : V. Verteneuil and L. Desmet. 1902 — fase. 1—32 cm.)
Latreille, Pierre Andre 1810
Considerations generales sur I'ordi'e naturel des animaux composant les classes des crustaces, des arachnides, et des inseetes ; avec \m tableau methodique de leurs genres, disposes en families. Par. P. A. Latreille. Paris., J. Schoell, 1810. 444 p. 201/2 cm. MacGillivray, Alexander Dyer 1906
A study of the wings of the Tenthredinoidea, a superfamily of Hymenoptera. By Alexander Dyer MacGillivray. < Pro- ceedings of the United States National i\Iuseum; 190G. v. 29: 569-654 p. XXI-XLIV pi.
Rohiver, Sievert A. 1911a
II. The genotypes of the sawflies and wood-wasps, or the superfamily Tenthredinoidea. By S. A. Rohwer. Washington, :\larch 4, 1911. vi. (iD-llO p. 23 cm. (Technical scries. No. 20, part ii. TI. S. department of agriculture, Bureau of entomology. Technical papers on forest insects).
Rohwer, Sievert A. 1911b
A classification of the suborder Chalastogastra of the Hymen- optera. By S. A. Rohwer. Proceedings of the Entomo- logical society of Washington; Oct.-Dec, 1911, v. 13: 215-226 p.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
29
EXPLANATION OF FIGUEES
PLATE I.
Figure 1. Sirex behrensii, j . From a drawing by the author.
Figure 2. Urocerus laxodii, j . From a drawing by Miss Annie Sharp.
PLATE II. Figure 3. Tremex columba, 9 . Photograph by the late Professor M. V. Slingerland. Figure -1. Xcrls spectrum. Mouth parts. Photograph by Professor C. R. Crosby and the author.
Figure 5. Urocerus. Mouth parts. Photograph by Professor C. R. Crosby and the author.
PLATE III.
From drawings by the author.
Figure 6. The wings of Sirex juvencus cyaneus, showing the veins labelled accord- ing to the Comstock-Needham system. C— Costa. Sc — Subcosta; Sci and Sc2, respectively the first and second branches
of subcosta. R — Radius; Ri, R~, Rs, R4, and R; respectively the first to fifth branches
of radius. Rs— The radial sector (R-+3+1+0). M — Media; Mi, Mj, Ms, and Mi respectively the first to fourth liranches
of media. Cu — Cubitus; Cui and Cui respectively the first and second branches of
cubitus. 1st A, -'d A, 3d A — Respectively the first, second, and third anal veins. r — The radial cross-vein, r-m — The radio-medial cross-vein, m — The medial cross-vein. m-cu — The medio-cubital cross-vein.
Coalescence of veins or branches of veins is indicated liy a -|- sign. Figure 7. The wings of Urocerus californicus, the cells numbered according to the
Comstock-Xeedham system. C— The costal ceU. Sc, Sci — Subcostal cells. Scl — The second subcostal cell, or stigma. R, 1st Ri, Jnd R=, Rn, Ri, and Rr,— Radial cells. M, Mi, 1st M_~, M::, and M.— Medial cells. Cu and Cui — Cubital cells. 1st A, 2nd A, and 3rd A — Anal cells. Ap. — The a]ipeiidiculate cell.
The cells take their names from the vein or branch of a vein which in a primitive condition forms their anterior margin.
Coalescence of ceUs is indicated by a -f sign. Figure 8. The wings of Urocerus flavicomis, the veins labelled according to a com- bination of the systems of Konow, Cresson, etc. c — The costal vein, sc — The subcostal vein, em — The externo-medial vein, b — The basal vein, r — The marginal or radial vein.
tc", re-, tc" — The first, second, and third transverse cubital veins, cu — The cubital vein.
rc^, re' — The first and second recurrent veins, d — The discoidal vein, tm — ^The transverso-medial vein.
30
JOUENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
sd — The suhdiscoidal vein.
a — The anal vein.
ac — The accessory vein.
ax — The axillary vein.
tl — The transverse lanceolate vein.
PLATE IV.
From drawings by the author. Figure 9. The wings of Tremex columba. Figure 10. The wings of Teredon latitarsU. Figure II. The wings of Xei-is spectrum caudata. (R: in the hind wing only rarely
present). Figure li. Posterior femur, til)ia, and tarsus of Teredon latltarais. Figure 13. Posterior femur, tihia, and tarsus of Teredon cubensis. Figure 14. An antenna of Teredon lalltarsis. Figure 15. The male genitalia of Sirex areolatus areolalus. Figure 16. The mouth parts of Tremex rolumba. Figure 17. The mouth parts of Sirex noctilio.
PLATE V.
Figures 18-3.5 from drawings by Miss A. C. Stryke. Figure 18. Sirex californicus, dorsal view of the apex of the abdomen of the female. Figure 19. Sirex californicvs, lateral view of the apex of the alulomen of the female. Figure 20. Sirex edwardsii, dorsal view of the apex of the abdomen of the female. Figure 21. Sirex edwardsii, lateral view of the apex of the abdomen of the female. Figure 22. Sirex areolatus areolatus, dorsal view of the apex of the abdomen of
tlie female. Figure 23. Sirex juvencus c)/aiieus. dorsal view of the apex of the abdomen of the
female. Figure s'-l. Sirex iiii/rirdrnis iiir/rironii.i, dorsal view of the apex of tlie abdomen of
tlie female. Figure 25. Sirex behreiisii, dorsal view of the apex of the abdomen of the female. Figure 26. Urocerus flaviconvis, dorsal view of the apex of the abdomen of the
female. Figure 27. Xeris morrisoni, dorsal view of the apex of the alidomen of the female. Figure iS. Xeris Sjiectnnn cnudala, dorsal view of the apex of tlie alidomen of tlie
female. Figure 29. Urocerus laxodii, dorsal view of the apex of the alidomen of the female. Figure 30. Xeris macyiUivrayi, dorsal view of the apex of the abdomen of the
female. Figure 31. Urocerus cressoni unicolor, dorsal view of tlie apex of the alidomen of
tlie female. Figure 32. Urocerus albicornis, dorsal view of the apex of tlie abdomen of the
female. Figure 33. Urocerus calif oriiiriis, dorsal view of the apex of the abdomen of the
female. Figure 34. Xeris spectrum caudata, lateral view of the apex of the abdomen of the
female. Figure 35. Xeris macyiUirrayi, lateral view of tlie apex of the abdomen of the
female. Figure 36. Tremex columba, antenna of tlie female. Figure 37. Sirex belirensii, antenna. Figure 38. Tremex columba, antenna of the male. Figure 39. Sirex areolatus areolatus, antenna.
+ Cu,,, -,- 1st +»d + 3a ^
Announcement
This, the first number of the Journal of Entomology and Zoology in its changed form, starts a new period for the publication.
It is the hope of the editor to have this journal largely ento- mological in character, hut with some consideration given to groups of animals other than insects. It is the plan to have general and special papers so far as possible in each issue. We hope that many who are not specialists in entomology may find much to interest them in these pages. AVe wish to have the publication Viroadly zoological and yet at the same time it is the desire to have the journal encourage the work of western America with many of the particular problems and interests of southern California in mind. There will lie economic papers to some degree as well as systematic and morphological studies, but the journal will not of course attempt to enter the field of the state and national Inilletins. It is hoped, however, that the work of the journal may join with that of these more directly practical publications and by bringing forth more largely tech- nical results and those of a broader range, contribute its share towards the good of the state and country and the advancement of science. Not every article in every number will be of interest to every one, but some part in each number should be of value to any one who has anything to do with insects either in an economic or scientific way and those who are interested in zoology will, we believe, find in this journal ample returns for their subscri])tions. The periodical has subscribers in all parts of the world and we hope to greatly increase the mimber of these. This increase we feel will come to us as time goes on because science is not restricted in its problems or its interests.
The Central Nervous System of Aphorura
WILLIAM A. HILTON-
A larg'e mimlier of Colleinliola of the genus Aphorura, species lutc(t and jiioiitis, were iireserved by various metliods for a study of the central nervous system. The individuals used were of all sizes, from less than 1 nnn. to IV-i mm. in length. No ])artif'ular differences were noticed lietween large and small specimens. In all, even the smallest, difliculty was encountered in preservation, because it was hard to wet them with a cold fixing fluid. The method which was most successfully employed was to place the living animals in warm Flemming's fluid, or to fix in the fumes of osmic acid. A large number of specimens were sectioned in all i)lanes, the thickness which seemed besi was about 5 microns.
The accounts of the nervous s.vstems of C'ollembola are very meagre; this is also true of the larger group of Aptera or Thysanura. The work of Boettger '10, on Lepisma has been very useful as a reference. Mention should also be made of the paper of Grassi '8S). In this last, three divisions of the brain or supraesoi)hageal ganglion are given for the Thysanura, based on the stud.v of Campodea, Japyx, Nicoletia, Lepisin'uui, MiuhiUs and Lepisma. His divisions are: (1) The forward one connected with the antennal nerve. (2) The second division connected with the eyes, when they are present. (3) A caudal division connected with visceral nerves.
Among the recent work dealing in part with the nervous system of Collembola, we have the paper of Becker 1910, which is especially concerned with the interesting postantennal organs of this group of insects. The article of Philiptschenko 1912, although an account of the embryonic development of one of the Collembola, Isotoma cincrea, has some consideration of the general nervous system of late stages.
One of the most striking things which is noticed in the exam- ination of this little blind Aphorura, is the relatively large size
38 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
of the gauglia. Auotlier point wliicli is equally interesting is the small size of the nerve cells. The small size of the animal antl the consequent smaller number of nerve cells as compared witli larger insects, is apparently not the only difference be- tween this insect and those of larger size. Most of the nerve ceils of Aphorura are aliout two or two and a half microus in diameter. They are much smaller than other cells of the body, even smaller, in fact, than the nuclei of certain cells, such for example as the epithelial cells of the intestine.
The details of structure of the nervous system will not be considered at this time, but a In-ief description will be given of the ganglia and the chief branches of the nerve centers of the head region. The larger ganglia of tlie animal are disposed much as shown in Fig. 37, i)l. XII, of Philiptschenko's work. However he shows no supraesophageal ganglion in this figure and the position of some of the caudal parts of the nervous system differs from the corresponding portions of Aphoniia.
In Aphorura the supra- and subesophageal ganglia are large and joined together liy broad connectives in their forward por- tions. A section across these ganglia at such a level shows them as one mass with the small esophagus in a little opening in the center of this mass. The connections between the sub- esophageal ganglion and the first thoracic are not as close as between the two large head ganglia.
There are three large thoracic ganglia about opposite each pair of legs. These are joined together by broad and short connectives. Beyond the third thoracic ganglion and broadly connected with it, is a thick mass which represents the fused abdominal ganglia. This extends into the abdominal region a short distance and ends in a nerve which probably supjilies most of the al)dominal organs. I found no ganglia below this point but there were some indications of nerve cells where there were no distinct ganglia.
The large abdominal mass broadly fused to the last thoracic center, was found on median sections, to show evidences of being composed of several fused ganglia.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 39
Returning- now to the head region we find that the supra- esopliageal ganglion is fused witli the suljesophageal in its for- ward region. Two prominent iirojections extend forward from the thickest mass of tlie ganglion from about the region of tlie connectives ; these are the antenna! lobes. From the ends of each of these the antennal nerve of each side takes origin and rims forward as a large trunk up into the antenna. From the slightly broader portion of the ganglion, above and quite near its connection with the subesophageal center at the base of the antennal lobe, laterally nerves on each side connect the brain with the group of large sensory cells of the postantennal organ. The connections and positions of these are very mucli like those described by Becker '10, and shown in his Fig 27. Tliese sense cells were much as described by this author. The little masses in these cells called by Becker "Zwischensubstanz", were very evident. These last usually stained almost as dark as the fat in various parts of the body. Back of the region of the post- antennal sense cells the liroadest portion of the brain is reached. In this brain, as in one figured Ijy Becker, the caudal end of the ganglion is tri-lobed with the middle portion slightly l)i-lobed.
The subesophageal ganglion caudad of the connectives with the brain separates more and more from the upper nerve center as the thoracic region is approached. The figure of Boettger comi)iled from sections of the head ganglia of Lepisma is not far from the condition of the centers of the head of ApJiorura. From the sides of the subesoi)hageal ganglion three main nerve trunks take origin. These from the head end towards the thoracic region may be homologized as follows: mandibular, maxillary, and labial branches such as found in other insects.
In the consideration of the sui)raesoi)liageal ganglion no men- tion was made of an ocular l>rauch or lobe, because there are no eyes and no ocular part of the brain was recognized.
With some difficulty a clypeolabral trunk was distinguished. This nerve is rather small. It takes origin from the base of the antennal lobe near where it joins the supraesophageal ganglion and near the connective on each side. Its origin is more ven-
40 JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
tral tlinn that of the ])Ostanteniial mass of fells. T was unable to detect any special lol)e of the brain connected with this nerve. Branches from this trnnk run dorsally and ventrally. Closely connected with this nerve on each side a little distance forward from the base of the brain is a small g-an,<;iion with a few nerve cells. These little centers I believe represent the paired vis- ceral ganglia of other insects. A little cephalad of the level of these small nerve centers and dorsal to the esophagus, between the anteunal nerves there is a minute ganglion with a number of little brandies. This I believe is tlie frontal. From it on each side an arched nerve descends to connect with the two lateral ganglia just where they meet the labial nerve. Other branches go to the head region and one descends on the dorsal side of the intestine for some distance.
In order to determine the position of various parts of the ganglia, there was made in blotting paper a model of the large head centers and this, together with a graphic reconstruction from a very perfect series of longitudinal sections, furnished tlie basis for most of Figs. 1 and 2.
Some General Conclusions
(1) There are two large ganglia in the head, one for each segment of the thorax and a fused mass of nervous tissue in the upper alidcuuinal region.
(2) The abdominal ganglion is clearly made up of several centers fused together.
(3) The supraesophageal ganglion has an antennal nerve on each side. There is also a labral nerve of smaller size and a connection on each side with the i)ostantennal sense cells.
(4) The subesopbageal ganglion is joined by broad con- nectives with the brain and by less broad connections with the first thoracic ganglion.
(5) There are three main nerves connected with the sub- esophageal ganglion— the manlihnhir, maxillary and labial.
(6) Connected with the brain are three small ganglia, the frontal and two lateral visceral ganglia. The first of these is very small.
JOUKNAJj OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
41
.---xs.
Figure L Head and upper thorax of .1 jihonim iikiiiHx from above. This fifrure is to show the position of the supra- and suliesophageal ganglia. The small frontal ganglion is shown with its arched nerves. On the left side the postantennal organ is shown with the location of the sen.sorv cells connected with it. Only a little of the lahral nerve is shown. X about 100.
Figure i. Side view of the entire central nervous system of Aphoriira, compiled from longitudinal sections. The smaller ganglia and the chief nerves of the two large head centers are shown in the drawing. XIOO.
Figure 3. Median longitudinal section of the last thoracic and abdominal ganglia. The ventral side is up, the head end is at the left. X4S0.
Figure i. Cross section of the head ganglia. The dorsal side is up. The esophagus is between the two ganglia and a branch from the frontal ganglion is on the dorsal side of the esophagus. The section is taken just back of the connectives. X4-50.
42 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
(7) Tlie conneotioiis of the small lateral gang-lia are slightly ditTerent from those of most other insects so far described.
(8) The ganglia are rather large as compared with the small size of the animal.
(9) The nerve cells are very small, smallei' than the nnclei of some other cells of the body.
Important References Becker. E. 1910
Zum ]!;iu dcs Postantenalorgans der Collemliolen. Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool. Bd XCIV, Ilefte 3.
Boeitger, 0. 1910
Das Gehirn eines neideren Insektes (Lepisma saeearina L.) I nag. Dis. Univ. Jena.
Grassi, B. 1889
Anatoinie coinparce des Thysanoures, Arch. It. Biol. Philiptschenko, Jiir. 1912
Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Aptergoten. Ill Die Embry- onalentwieklung von Isotoiua einerea Nie. Zeit. f. Wi.ss. Zool. Bd. cm Heft 4.
(Conlribulioii fratn the Zoological Labovatory of Pomona College.)
Two New Species of Collembola from the Mountains of Southern CaHfornia
GEKTKXTDE BACON
Beeause of several slight Imt constant ditferences between these newly diseo\'ered forms and the widely distributed Aphorura anibuhins, it seemed best to describe new species on the basis of these characters. AmbulcDis has two ocelliform punctures at the base of each antenna ; there is only one in the new species. Also the post antenna 1 organ of (Diibulaus con- sists of 12-14 tubercles, while these new species have but 11 and 9. There are numerous tubercles on one of the joints of the antenna in the new forms which are not like anything in (uiibiildiis. There are a number of other minor differences.
These new species were found at Bear Flats on the slope of Mount San Antonio, at (5,000 feet elevation. It was tirst noticed that a number of Jiirds were hovering near and occasionally digging in the earth about the bases of the bushes. The soil at this i)lace was very dark and rich in vegetable remains. Although it was several feet down to water, the bushes were in a slight hollow and the earth was a little moist, although it was very dry all about. There were thousands of the insects, usually in little groups and of various sizes. Two kinds were found — a white and a yellow. The yellow was much more al)undant. The little creatures were without eyes but the antennae were actively moved al)out as the animals changed their positions when they were disturbed. Their movements, although slow because of the short legs, were fairly active. All sizes of both the white and yellow were taken to the laboratory and kept alive for several weeks.
So far this little area on the mountain side is the only place in the mountains or in the canyons where Dr. Hilton or I have found these insects.
44
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Aphorura montis n. sp.
(Figs. 1, -2, and 3)
Leno'th 1.5 mm. Color — White. Body — Lons", siibcyliiidrieal; sparsely covered with hairs. Head — Slightly elongate. An- tennae— (Fig. 3 A). Shorter than head, blunt; segments four, stout and rounded ; I shortest, II and III subequal ; IV longest. On the distal part of III and IV, a number of blunt spines or tubercles. Those on III are wider, the ones on the outside being the longest and thickest. No eyes. Postantennal organ
Figure I. Dorsal view of .1 ithonira montis n. sp.
Figure -2. Side view of Aphorura rnoiifin n. sp.
(Fig\ 3, B) present, consisting of eleven raised tubercles in a slight groove or hollow, six on the side toward the antenna>, and five on the other side. Ocelliform punctures at the base of each antenna, one. Thorax — Three segments not fused, the first is small but visible from above. Each bears a pair of legs (Fig.
JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
45
3, C) wliicli are short and stout. The coxa and trochanter are short and subequal, femur and tiltia longer and about equal, tarsus very small and liears two claws without teeth (Fig. 3, D). Superior claw long and broad, inferior very short and narrow. Abdomen — Segments 1, 2, 3, 4 subequal. Segments 5 and 6 longer. Furcula wanting. Anal horns two (Fig. 3, F). The skin is covered with tubercles which are very small and regular. They give the whole body a finely granular appear- ance.
Figure 3. Aphontra montis.
A — Antenna with the tubercles of the skin shown.
B — Postantennal organ.
C — Leg with claw.
D— Claw.
E — Anal horns, tulierdes of the skin shown.
F — Antenna of Aiihurura lutea.
46 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Aplioniia Infra n. sj).
Ill general apiiearance this species is the same as the Apharura uiniifis except that it is yellow in color. The size and shape of the ))ody are about the same. The claws, and number of anal horns and ocelliform punctures are the same. The most important differences are in the color and in the postantennal organ. It contains only nine tubercles, five on the antenna! side and four on the other, instead of eleven as in iiioiitis. Although the antennte varied in the different speci- mens, two rows of blunt spines were found on the third seg- ment. One row was found on those of the white species.
(Coittriluifioii from tlir Zoological Laboratory of Pomona College.)
Some Remarks on the Abdominal Air Sacs of Stenopelmatus
EDITH m'cONNELL
In a study of the general anatomy of Stenopelmatus some in- teresting things were noticed in regard to the trat'hea\ The air sacs of the abdominal region in comparison with those of the locust, as described by Snodgrass '03, are more like en- larged parts of the tracheal tubes and are rectangular in shape.
A B
.^^1
Figure 1. Dorsal view of the dorsal tracheal air sacs of abdomen of Stenopelmatus. X3. A — Showing air sacs on left side with a variation in arrangement of
anterior sacs of right side. B — Lateral longitudinal trachea. C — Variation in number and arrangement of posterior sacs.
48
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
In the dorsal part tliere are five, sometimes six, large air sacs on each side. These arise at the spiracles and, witli the excep- tion of the tirst, are paired. The first, as shown in Fig. 1, A, is connected with a smaller air sac. In front of each pair of large sacs is also a pair of smaller ones, about the same width but only one-half as long as the larger and at the lower end connected with the large ones by a small tube. Each large air sac is also connected with the lower part of the small one posterior to it.
O T^
Figure 2. Ventral view of the ventral tracheal air sacs of abdomen. X3. A — Main air .sacs of ventral .system. B — Lateral longitudinal trachea. C — Variation in number and arrangement of ventral air sacs.
There are some variations in the arrangement of these en- larged tracheal tubes. One is shown on the right side of Fig. 1, A, where the large air sac is in front and two smaller ones lie side by side. In another instance two small air sacs are connected to the first long one on the left side and there are no small ones connected with the second long one. At the caudal end there are several small sacs connected with each other and with one spiracle, as shown in Fig. 1, A. There are variations in this also, since in some a large air sac is connected
JOUKNAX, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 49
witli the spiracle and with a large sac opposite and the arrange- ment of the smaller sacs is as shown in Fig. 1, C.
Along each side is a large tube-like trachea which is con- nected with six spiracles as shown in Fig. 1, B, and also in Fig. 2, B.
In the ventral i)art of the abdominal region there are also variations. In some there are live pairs of air sacs, not so wide and more elongated than the smaller sacs of the dorsal region, and uniformly arranged. These are connected with each other and with the trachea whicli runs along the side, being attached to the outside of the tube at the point where the Itrauches go to the spiracles. Some of these air sacs are attached to the one posterior by smaller tubes as shown in Fig. 2, A. The branches at the caudal end of the long tracheal tube pass in to the internal organs.
Fig. 3 shows a variation from the uniform arrangement al- though in this specimen there are also the five main air sacs on each side but with different connections. It was difficult on account of the stiff exo-skeleton to open the insect and lay back the body wall without disturbing the natural arrangement of the trachea^. At first I thought the air sacs as shown in Fig. 3 were drawn out of position but since examining other speci- mens I have concluded that it is a variation.
In this account there is no description given of numerous small l)ranches from the large air sacs which go to various parts of the abdominal region.
(Contribution from the Zool-ogical Lahoratunj of Pomona College.)
A New California Coccid Infesting Manzanita
{Aulacaspis manzanitae n. sp.)
B. B. WHITNEY
STATE HOETICULTUEAL QUARANTINE INSPECTOE
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA
Puparium of the female approximately circular; moderately convex; exuvife siibcentral or towards the margin. Color vary- ing from pale yellow to dusky j'ellow, or pale brown. Diam. 1.75 to 2.25 mm. ; puparium light brown or gray to a dark brown ; light gray at margin. A'eutral scale appearing as a very thin whitish scar on the leaf after the removal of the insect. Male not known.
Figure 40. Anal plate of the manzanita scale, Aiilacaspis manzanitip n sp. (Original)
Adult female dark with a yellowish pj^gidium before being boiled in potash; pygidium with five groups of circumgenital glands ; the anterior group usually consists of from 6 to 10 ; the
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
51
anterior laterals from 12 to 16; and the posterior laterals from 6 to 10. Formula of ten examples :
Anterior 878788776 10
Anterior
laterals 12-14 14-11 14-15 13-14 13-15 14-12 13-14 13-13 9-13 16-16 Posterior
laterals 8- 9 9- 9 7-10 8-8 8-8 8-8 8-8 8-8 7-6 9-9
There are five pairs of lobes; median pair largest; with two spines in between and serrated on the inner margin. Second and third pairs are somewhat dixided and may a|)pear as double, or
t"igure 41. The manzanita scale, Aulacaspis mamanitae n. sp. (Photo by E. O.
Essig).
52 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
a large and small lobe. Fourth and fifth lobes are rudimentary. There is one spine immediately on the outer edge of each lobe or right after ; there are also gland spines ; the first one between second and third lobe; one between third and fourth lobe, and between fourth and fifth there are from three to four. After the fifth lobe the gland spines vary from six to nine. Out of twenty scales mounted there are five pairs of marginal glands near the margin; one gland directly in center of median lobes; four other glands resembling marginal glands; just back of first, second and third marginal glands numerous smaller ones scattered back- wards from near the margin into the abdominal segments. Anal aperture just even or below posterior group; genital aperture just below anterior group. Genital aperture very faint and is generally overlooked.
This scale has been collected at several points in the past by different collectors. At Bowman, by H. H. Bowman, at Colfax by E. 0. Essig, and at Dutch Flat, Towle and Blue Canon by E. K. Carnes, E. J. Brannigan and B. B. Whitney. It was invariably found on Manzanita sps. at an elevation ranging from 1,622 to 4,701 feet above sea level. This, however, I believe to be the first recorded description.
Reparding this species Dr. L. O. Howard writes E. O. Essig: "This coccid resembles in some respects Aulacaspis toumeyi but diiFers in that it has its median lobes nenrly twice .is large and ]iaragciiituls more numerous. It has been received before on Acrostaphylos from mountains near Claremont, Calif. This appears to be a very interesting scale and for some time has been placed in our unidentified material of this genus".
A New Genus of Chalcidoid Hym
A. A. GEEAULT
Tribe ISOPLATINI
Coelocybella new genus
Female: — Head normal, rounded, the vertex broad, the lateral ocelli distant from the eye margin, the antenna inserted near the middle of the face, slenderly clavate, 13-jointed with three ring- joints, five funicle joints and three club joints, all these joints wider than long excepting the conical distal joint of the club. Pedicel long obconic, as long as the four joints following (the ring joints and the proximal funicle joint), half as long as the cylindrical scape. Occipital margin obtuse; prothorax conical, short; mesoscutum with complete, distinct parapsidal furrows, scutum slightly longer than the imgrooved scutellum. Propo- deum with a very weak median carina, the spiracles moderate in size, round, no lateral carinae nor sulci. Abdomen sessile, broad oval, depressed, about as long as the thorax, the second segment about a third of its length, the ovipositor not exserted, the abdo- men from dorsal aspect ovate, widest about the middle, wider tliau the thorax. Submarginal vein unbroken, at least two and a half times longer than the marginal, the latter nearly twice the length of either the stigmal or post-marginal, both of which, for them, are moderately long, the stigmal vein with a rather large rounded knob and a distinct neck which is as long as the diameter of the knob. Diseal cilia dense and fine, the marginal very short. Tarsi five-jointed, the tibial spurs single, the intermediate longer, one very long, the i)Osterior one short, stout. Non-metallic, marked with yellow, the wings hyaline. Abdomen wider than the head or thorax. Axillse separated by a short distance. Mandibles bidentate, the inner or second tooth truncate, unequal in the two mandibles.
Male : — Not known.
Because of the venation, this genus will not be confused with the Tetracampini but its five-jointed tarsi make it unique for the
54 JOURNAL, OP ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Elachertinse, where I had first placed it hy mistake. From the genera of its tribe it differs in bearing several more joints in the antenna?, in having the latter differently inserted and in venation. Type: — The species described herewith {variegata).
Coclocyhclla variegata new species
Feniale: — Length, 1.75 mm. Opacjue black marked with yel- lowish brown or lemon yellow as follows: Caudal margins of the eyes, the face, cephalo-lateral angle of the parapside, all margins of the scutellnm except the posterior one, vertexal margin of eyes more or less, lateral margins of scutum narrowly, lateral and caudal margins of axilla, the cando-lateral angles of the proi)odeum (lemon yellow), the base of the abdomen rather broadly (bright lemon yellow), the yellow invaded and divided by an acutely triangular shining black medial area, its base ])roximad, the incisions following segments '2 and 3 on each side, the whole incision following segment 4 and the tip of abdomen; the yellow on the head also nearly lemon yellow. Legs dark lemon yellow, including the coxse, the tarsi distad more or less fuscous. Venation smoky black. Pedicel more or less dusky. Ring joints enlarging distad ; first and second funicel joints sulHMjual, longest of the funicle.
Male : — Not known.
Described from five female specimens mounted together on a card in the Queensland Museum, labelled "Brisbane. H. Hacker. 11/7/11".
Hal)! fat : — Australia — Brisbane, Queensland.
Types: — No. ITyl204, Queensland Museum, Brisbane, four of the above specimens on the same card, plus one balsam slide bearing female antennte and a posterior leg.
Tjater, two more females w^ere found in the same collection labelled "l^.red fi-om Gall No. 10, 17/(1/11. Brisbane. Hacker.
Scutellista cyanea Motsch., Bred from Phena- coccus artemisiae Ehrh
E. 0. ESSIG
SECEETAEY STATE HORTICULTURAL COMMISSION
SACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA
On a collecting trip during the month of May, 1911, in the Sespe Canyon, Ventura County, California, the writer succeeded in procuring a large number of specimens of Phenacoccus artemisiae Ehrh. Among the specimens collected one was noticed to be parasitized and was placed in a small vial. From tliis specimen an adult Scvtellista cyanea Motsch. was bred. To the knowledge of the writer this parasite has not been bred from a coccid of this type and the record is worth preserving. It is interesting also to note that the specimens collected were far up in the mountains, which shows that Scutellista cyanea Motsch. is quite common throughout all parts of southern California. The writer has bred it from black scale far up in the mountains in other localities of Ventura County.
Shorter Articles and Reviews of Recent Important
Literature
NATURAL CONTROL OF WIIITEFLIES IN FLORIDA
A. W. MORRILI-,, PH. D., AND E. A. BLACK, PH. D.
luvestigations of fungus parasitic on wliitefly have been con- ducted by the authors in 1906, 1908, 1909, and by the authors and Mr. E. L. Worsham of Georgia in 1907.
In Florida there are three hidy-beetles that feed upon white- fly eggs and larvaj but do not greatly check the fly. They are Chilocorus bivulnerus Muls., Cycloneda sangxiinea L., and Scymnus pniictatiis Melsh. There is also a capsid bug and two or three chrysopids as well as several species of spiders, some ant species and a tlirips, all of which are to some extent predaceuus on whitefly.
Whitefly seems to decrease markedly during strong, drying winds and large range of temperature. Unexplained mortality is also a large factor in natural control, as are dropping from the leaves and overcrowding.
It is about fungi parasitic on the fly, however, that the authors have most to say. Of these, Aschersonia aleyrodis Webber (red fungnis) sends its mycelial rootlets into larvae of the fly and thus kills them. It is almost free from hyper-jjarasitic fungi.
Aschersonia flavo-citrina P. Henn. (yellow fungus), closely resembling the red, is parasitic on the cloudy-winged whitefly but is itself subject to a hyijer-parasitic fungus [Cladiosporum sp.) which, particularly in dry seasons, prevents its being very effective.
The brown fungus {Aegerita webberi Fawcett), also infests whitefly, often with great success, since its hyper-parasitic fun- gus {ComotliyriuDi sp.) seems scarcely to check its work.
A number of fungi are next spoken of, which it appears are of no substantial value in reducing whitefly. They are white- fringe fungus, Sporofrichum, and the cinnamon fuugiis.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 57
Various ways of infecting' trees with these fungi have been tried, such as spraying witli water-mixtures of spores, rubbing with infested leaves, etc. The cost of infecting an orchard is very k)W and if properly done should pay well, particularly since the fungi in large areas are naturally more effective.
There is a slight damage done the leaves of citrus trees by these fungi, but it is seldom of any importance. Indirectly, however, by hindering the use of fungicides in the orchard these fungi may be charged with some damage.
Fungi under ordinary conditions and for a term of years have, unaided, controlled white-fly to the extent of about one- third absolute efficiency, the authors believe.
There are in this Bulletin No. 102 of the Department of Entomology a number of original plates showing various stages of infection by the several fungi.
W. B.
SEEKING FOR PARASITES OF TtlE "WHITEFLY"
AND THEIR xVTTEMPTED INTRODUCTION
INTO FLORIDA
K. G. WOGLUM UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
In 1910 the sum of $5,000 was set aside by Congress for investigation of possible parasites of the "whitefly" {Aley- rodes citri). Mr. R. G. Woglum was chosen for the errand, though he was at the time testing the efficacy of hydrocyanic gas in killing scale insects. He traveled through Southern Europe, Ceylon, and India, where he finally discovered a lady- beetle {Crytogitatha flavescens motsch.) feeding on the fly. At Lohore, in the Punjab, an internal parasite was discovered which was named Pro.spalteUu lahnn iisis. Living specimens were at length secured with difficulty and with these and a quantity of the "whitefly" food supply the return trip to Florida was attempted. Mr. Woglum succeeded in landing in Orlando, Florida, twenty-eight healthy lady-birds and some Pruaijulttlla on December 2, 1911. Owing to the naturally
58 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
dorniant condition of "whitefly" in Florida at this season and also to the severe weather of that winter, both the beetles and the ProspaUella failed to survive.
With proper preparation of a stock of the insect food for the parasites, and with proper regulation of teinperatnre and otlier conditions, Mr. Woginni thinks that another trial at im- poi'tation cduld lie caniiMl to a successful conclusion.
W. G. Brewster.
THE PURPLE SCALE (LEPID0SAPHE8 BECKIl)
H. J. QUALE
Bull. No. 226, College of Agr. Univ. Cal. Publications
In this bulletin a history of the purple scale is given. This scale was introduced into California in 1888 or 1889. P"'roni all indications it came directly from Florida with a shipment of trees.
Some of the leading entomologists of the state knew that the Florida stock was infected with the purple scab, but they had reason to believe that it was harmless in this climate. The result of this has been that at present the purple scale occurs in the following counties of California: San Diego, Orange, Los Angeles, Ventura, and Santa Barbara. The reason that it does not occur in some of the other counties may be due to the rigid (piarantine tliat has prevailed against the scale in those sections.
From an economic standpoint the purple scale ranks third. Its distribution is not so wide as the black, red, and yellow, but wlien it does occur it is the most serious of all, because it becomes so incrusted on the leaf, branch, and fruit which it attacks, that it yields less to treatment.
The purple scale in this country is almost entirely a fruit insect. It rarely attacks common trees or shrulis growing in the vicinity of citrus trees. Tlie eggs are oval in shape, al)out .25 mm. long. The larva is flat and oval, about .78 mm. long. It usually wanders over tlie plant for a time before coming to
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 59
rest. Experiments have shown that when the temperature is about 89 it travels two or three times as fast as when the tem- perature is 65. On the whole if it was left to travel by itself the distribution would be very slow.
Very little is said about the parasite of this scale in Cali- fornia, but where fuiuii^ation and spray have never been used as high as 40 per i-ent. of the scale has been parasitised.
This article shows how necessary it is to keep the quarantine as rigid as possible and keej) on the lookout for a parasite tliat will not injure the trees.
C. A. Per rill.
THE EED SPIDERS AND MITES OF CITRUS TREES
H. J. QUALE
College of Agr. I'niv. of Cal., Publications.
The two most important species to the citrus growers in Cali- fornia are the red spider and the six-spotted mite. Both species were introduced into California from Florida, the first in 1890, the last in the late eighties.
These animals live and breed entirely upon the trees and are only incidentally found on the ground. They are most abundant during May and June but are sometimes abundant at other seasons. When in small numbers they are not noticed but that is the time to get control of them.
The red spider {Tetraiichns iiiijfilaspidis) is the worst pest and is the most widely distributed. It is against this species that most of the control work is directed. This species is told from the other by its red color and the fact that the bristles over the body arise from prominent tubercles. The eggs are told by the guy threads which radiate from vertical stalks.
The six-spotted mite (T. sexmaculatii) is slightly smaller than the red species. It is never red in color. The eggs are white or yellow and perfectly spherical.
The control of these species is not difficult or expensive if handled in the proper way at the proper time. Fumigation has
(30 JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
been tried with little effect. A number of parasites are named and described in this bulletin. The most satisfactory way to liold tliese in check is by the ordinary lime-sulphur spray some- what diluted. C. A. Perrin.
TTTE STRUCTURE AND METAMORPHOSIS OF THE FORK-GUT OF CORY DA LIS CORNUTUS L.
EOBERT MATHEWSON
Jour, of Morph., Vol. 23, No. 4, 1912.
The fore-gut has live well marked regions: pharynx, esoph- agus, gizzard, portion between esophagus and esophageal valve, and esophageal valve.
The pharynx is provided with a series of dilator muscles attached to the walls of the head. The esophagus has a large number of longitudinal folds. The gizzard has powerful teeth, which from their arrangement and the arrangement of the muscles in this region, seem to show that they are for grinding and crushing. The esophageal valve is short and is lined with four strongly chitinized I'idges which alternate with the caeca.
The metamorphosis of the fore-gut is of a generalized type. The larval epithelium becomes partly broken down and the cells destroyed are replaced by the division of rejuvenated larval cells. The nuclei always divide mitotically and every spindle is located at the side of a vacuole. The dividing cell migrates towards the inner surface, though it retains connection with the basement membrane. The histolysis and histogenesis of the muscular coats are also generalized processes. The muscles liipiefy in place. The greater number of the larval nuclei be- come rejuvenated and around them as centers the new fibrillar structures are developed.
The role of the leucocytes is a comparatively unimportant one. They are present throughout pupal life and seem to engulf small particles of the broken down tissues. They do not take active part in the destruction of the larval muscles or epithelium.
The paper is illustrated b.y four plates from very tine photo- graphs.
JOUBNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 61
THE CONTEOL OF MOSQUITOS Fred Knab, Science, January 24, 1913
There are some points in this short article that should be very generally known.
The problem of mosquito control is part of the work of disease prevention, as is well known. There are very few com- munities now where the relation of these insects to malaria is not fairly well understood. There are, however, a number of facts which are new to most of us. The old idea of destroying the insects was largely leased on experiments with one species. People must learn that there are numbers of species and some of these have ditferent habits. It used to be supposed that all adult females hibernated in cold weather and that the eggs were deposited and the new generations came on in warmer weather. This thought has led to a failure in the control in many cases. Oiling and petralizing in warm weather misses many. Most of the mosquitos are from larvse developed in early spring snow water. The best remedy is the removal and the burning in late autumn of all plant debris and dead leaves from dried out pools. If they cannot be burned they should be stacked on high and dry ground. Almost all of the eggs are deposited on dead leaves and require only a little moisture to develop.
F. R. Cole.
BEITRAG ZUR SYSTEMATIK UND BIOLOGIE DEE
"IXODID^"
DK. H. DE BEAXTBEPATRE AKAGAO
Memorias de Oswaldo Cruz. Eio de Janeiro, Vol. IV, Pt. 1,
1912.
This article deals chiefly with Amhlyomma aganum n. sp., a species of tick found upon Bufo, boa constrictor, and other cold blooded animals. The adult measures 5.6 mm. by 3.7 mm. when in a condition of hunger, and about 17 mm. by 12.6 mm. when full of blood. The color is dark brown, with three copper-col- ored spots on the scutum. The larvje and nymphs show a con-
62 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
siderable variation in color due to a difference in nourishment. Those which suck blood are a blue-gray color, while those which, due to unfavorable location or overcrowding are forced to live upon lymph, are of a much lighter color. A complete descrip- tion of the life history, which covers at least ninety days, is given, as two generations were reared in the laboratory and careful observations made. An interesting result of these observations was the discovery that there were no males among the several thousand specimens examined. The experiments are now being continued, with the purpose of studying this parthenogenesis, and the results will be published later.
Animals bitten by these ticks apparently suffer not only from loss of blood, but from a toxic substance secreted by the tick, as the bite of more than ten proves fatal to a toad or of about one hundred to a boa constrictor IV-j meters long. That death was not due to a parasite introduced into the animal was shown by examination of the blood.
Mdhel Gunisey.
ADDITIONS TO OUR KNOWLEDGE OF THE ANTS OF THE GENUS MYRMECOCYSTUS WESMAEL
WILLIAM MORTON WHEELER
Psyche, Dec, 1912.
All the known species and subspecies of the genus are within the confines of the United States.
M. meUigcr Diiiiiiciis Wheeler is described from several places including Whittier, Cal. The variety semirufus from Point Loma. M. nie.vica)ius mojave Wheeler was found in Pasadena and Claremont. A photograph of a number of this species is i'ei)i-odu('ed. In Claremont the nests of about twenty were examined. "The craters of these were found to vary from 4-8 inches in diameter, with a central opening 14 to ^ of an inch across. They were in dry hard soil, along roads or paths in situations where there was considerable vegetation, either cliapai-ral, live-oaks or scrub-oaks. In such localities the ants
JOTTENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 63
l)robal:)Iy obtain their supply of nectar from the galls or from eoccids and aphids on the oaks or other components of the chaparral. Mr. Leonard has given more extensive accounts of their haliits at Point Loma. He foinul tliat they were nocturnal. They visit aphids on carnations and roses, and the nectaries of tlie pepi)er tree, rattle-snake weed, honey plant, and CcautliHs cnneatus of chai)arral.
SOME CHANGES IN THE GENERIC AND SPECIFIC NAMES OF PLANT LICE
In the paper on California plant lice which appeared in the last issue of this journal there should be the following changes: Mouella caUfuniicd for Ciilliptt'iut; calif oniicus, Eichochaito- jjliunts for EikocJuittopliurus, rufnim for rufu, Fullawaya for Davidsonia, Mycrclla for Micra, Typha for Typho.
In the December number of the Zoologischer Anzeiger of 11)12, there is a short paper on the family Pantophthalmidae of the Diptera. There are fifteen text figures and several new si)ecies described.
In Vol. I of the Memoirs of the Queensland Museum, issued November 27, 1912, there are a number of important ento- mological papers. There is an article of 124 pages by A. A. Girault on Australian Hjanenoptera and three shorter ones by A\'. J. Rainbow on spiders.
In the Bulletin de la Societe Entomologique de France, No. 1, 1 !)!.'), there is given a list of the members of the society. This list takes up more than half of this number of the publication and covers 38 pages.
In the journal "Insecta", published by the entomological station of the faculty of sciences of Rennes, there is a portrait of Latreille, who was born in 1762 and died in Paris in 1833. P>y the writer of the sketch, Latreille is considered to be the greatest of all entomologists. He it was who first placed insects in their natural orders and established the principal families.
64 JOURNAL OP ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
L'ALTISE DE LA VIGNE
F. PICAED
Le Progres AgTicole et Vitieole. Vol. XXXIV, Feb., 1913.
The author describes this small leaf beetle {Haltica ampelo- ■plwf/a) which is doing great damage to the grape vines in the central part of France. The adults appear in early spring and eat the leaves, which are very tender at this time. The eggs are laid on the under side of the leaves and the larviB appear in about ten days and live on the leaves. At the beginning of the summer they change to nymphs which work in the ground. In ten days the adults come forth and attack the vines. At the first cold weather they hide under stumps, vegetable mold, etc.
The multiplication of these insects is held somewhat in check by their natural enemies, other insects and fungi. The methods for destroying them are: shaking them into a receptacle, burn- ing all leaves and rubbish in the winter, and the use of insecti- cides in the spring before the eggs are laid.
G. Bacon.
In the last number of "Marcellia", Fac. IV, Vol. XI, 19L3, there are a number of important articles, among them the following:
The Galls of Africa, by 0. Howard; Galls of Tripoli, by A. Trotter; Arctic and Eussian Galls, by Toepffer.
AN OEPIIAN COLONY OF POLISTES PALLIPES LEPEL
C. H. TURNER
Psyche, Dec, 1912.
Workers which liad never seen the widow-motlier of the colony nor associated with any other wasps, performed all the activi- ties of such wasps except egg-laying and paper-making. The large larvae after fasting for eight days, feeding on honey only for the next three days and receiving their normal diet for the remainder of their larval life, constructed perfect cocoons and emerged as normal imagoes. The small larvae died.
JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 65
After being restricted to a lione}' diet for several daj^s, the wasps became cannibals.
In a preliminary note by M. J. Ko^enau and C'lias. T. Brnes, in Psyche for Decemlier, 1912, there is a statement concerning the transmission of poliomyelitis thrdugli the agency of <S7o- luoxys calcitraus.
They have apparently transferred the \'irus of poliomyelitis from monkey to monkey throngh the bite of the stable fly, Stoinoxys calcitraus. This does not appear to be simply a mechanical transference, but rather a biological one, requiring a iieriod of extrinsic incubation in the intermediate host.
NEUE BEITRAGE ZUR KENNTNIS DER TERMITO- PHILEN UND MYRMECOPHLIEN
E. Wasmann Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool. CI Bd., 1 Heft. 1912.
This important pa^jer of Wasmann gives an account of many new species of Coleoptera which are found as guests in ant nests. Of the family Staphylinidae there are eight new species described. The family Pselaphid:e has four described under it. The family Thorictidse has three. The family Tenebrionidje has one new species. There is a very full account given of all of these and others. The author from the light of his stvidies is of the opinion that the guest habit conhl not have arisen throngh "natural selection". He thinks that natural selection is not the chief factor in organic evolution, although it is a factor. He believes that the guest habit has arised through spontaneous variation.
DER GESCHLECHTSAPPARAT VON DYTISCU8 MAR- GIN ALI8 L.
Carl Demandt Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool. CIII Bd., 2 Heft. 1912. This long paper is a detailed description of the sexual organs. There is an account of the organs in both sexes, including histological details. There are 128 pages and 74 text figures.
66 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
STUDIES AMONG THE COCCINELLID^, (COL.) A New Si^ecies
F. W. NUNENMACHER
Piedmont, California Entomological News, Vol. 24, No. 2, Feb., 1913.
The new species CoccineUa bricbveUi described. Localitj^ — Tahquitz Valley, San Jacinto Mountains, Califor- nia. Found by and named after Mr. J. C. Bridwell.
A new entomological magazine has made its appearance, "Insecutor InscitijE Menstruus. " The editor and publisher is Harrison C. Dyar of Washington, D. C. The object of this publication is "to dispel to some degree our general ignorance of the forms of insect life by descriptions of species and genera, life-histories, and other pertinent facts." The January and P"'ebruary numbers have so far been published. They include short systematic articles, chiefly by Dyar and Frederick Kalb.
G. Bacon.
ON A NEW TERMITOPHILOUS GENUS OF THE FAMILY
HISTEEID^
ERIC INJOEBURG
Ent. Tidsk. Haeft. 1-2, 1912.
This is the first termitophilous beetle from Australia.
The body is short, broad, and shining. The head is not visible from above. The border of the fossa of the antena is visible from above and carries a distinct pencil of yellow hairs. The elytra are of a very peculiar shape, the humeral corner is strongly produced into a horn which carries at the top a long pencil of hairs. The lieetle was found in a colony of the termite Eutermes. The animal was surrounded by workers and sol- diers. Apparently the hairs in pencils are hollow and secrete a semi-fluid substance. The termites gathered about these, suck- ing or eating the secretion.
There are three line cuts and one fine plate.
JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 67
NEW NORTH AMERICAN TACHINID^ (DIPT.)
W. R. WALTON
Bureau of Entoinol(),i;y, Wasliin,£>ton, D. C. Entomological News, Vol. 24, No. 2, Feb., 1913.
Two new species are described.
The first form described, Eutrixoides jonesii, "adds a new genus and species to the small aggregation of Museoids known to be parasitic on beetles of the genus Lachnosterna." Habitat Anasco, Porto Rico, and collected l)y Mr. T. H. Jones, in honor of whom the species is named.
The second form is Chaetophleps crassinervis, described by Mr. Walton. Type — A female collected by the author at Hyattsville, Maryland.
R. E. Gardner
News Notes
FORDYCE GRINNELL, JK.
"Nature is ever niakin!>- signs to ns, slie is ever whispering to us the beginnings of her secrets; the scientific man must be ever on the watch, ready at once to lay hold of Nature's hint however small, to listen to her whisper however low."
— Michael Foster.
Mr. E. P. VanDuzee, the hemipterist, formerly of Buffalo, N. Y., has come to Southern California to live, probably at San Diego, and is bringing his large and important collection and library with him. lie visited in Pasadena in December.
Plans are being prepared for a building for the Southern California Academy of Sciences in Los Angeles. The building to consist of a lecture auditorium, general exhibition floors, a library and special collection rooms.
Professor J. M. Aldrieli, of the University of Idaho, is study- ing the fruit flies (Trypetida?) of the world, and expects to be engaged in studying this interesting group of insects for several years.
Mr. W. M. Mann, well known to many C'alifornian collectors, now of the Bussey Institution of Harvard, has been collecting for several luonllis in the island of Haiti.
The January number of the Bulletin of the Southern Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences contains an article on the oil fly l)y C. (). Estevly, giving additional notes and criticisms to those published by Crawford in this journal.
Dr. Wm. E. Ritter, director of the Scripps Institution for Biological Research at La Jolla, recently addressed the bio- logical section of the Southern California Academy of Sciences in Ijos Angeles on "The Pelagic Organisms Off the Coast of Southern California."
Mr. F. W. Bryant, a well-known student and collector of sliells in San Diego, died recently in the Hawaiian Islands.
The County Museum Building in Exposition Park, Los An- geles, has been opened to the public. The skeletons of extinct mammals from La P>rea Rancho are of special interest.
Pomona College
Located in one of the most healthful and beautiful parts of the west coast. The mountains reach an elevation of ten thou- sand feet within a few miles from the college and these with the nearby ocean afford many special advantages for the study of things not in books. The college is a small one of the New England tyi^e with high standards of scholarship. A large proportion of the graduates go on with advanced work in the large universities. There are four-year courses leading to the B. A. and B. S. degrees. In addition, well-manned departments of music and art afford exceptional advantages.
For further information, address
Secketaey of Pomona College Claremont, California
VOLUME FIVE NUMBER TWO
JOURNAL
OF
ENTOMOLOGY
AND
ZOOLOGY
JUNE, 1913
PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY POMONA COLLEGE DEPARTMENT 0/ ZOOLOGY
CLAREMONT, CALIFORNIA, U. S. A.
CONTENTS
^ A Study op Some Specific Characters op the Genus Pseudococ-
cus— P. E. Smith 69
* The Yerba Santa Mealy Bug — E. 0. Essig - - - 85 The Circulatory System op Laila Cockerelli — Mabel Guernsey - 88
V Nerve Cells OP Tarantula — William A. Hilton ... 93
I New Calipornian Microlepidoptera — August Busck - ■ - 96 s Some New Genera and Species op Chalcidoid Hymenoptera op
THE Family Eulophide From Australia — A. A. Girault - 103
• A Species op Collembola Found With Termites — Gertrude Bacon, 113 Shorter Articles and Reviews of Recent Important Litera- ture ...-.-.-- 114
News Notes — Fordyce GrinnpJl, Jr - - - - - 121
Entered at Claremont. Cal., Post-OfBce Oct. 1, 1910. as second-class matter, under Act of Congress of
March 9. 1879
Journal of Entomology and Zoology
EDITED BY POMONA COLLEGE, DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY
Subscription $1.00 to domestic, $1.25 to foreign countries.
This journal is especially offered in exchange for zoological and entomological journals, proceedings, transactions, reports of societies, museums, laboratories and expeditions.
The pages of the journal are especially open to western ento- mologists and zoologists. Notes and papers relating to western and Californian forms and conditions are particularly desired, but short morphological, systematic or economic studies from any locality will be considered for publication.
Manuscripts submitted should be t^qaewritten on one side of paper about 8 by 11 inches. Foot notes, tables, explanations of figures, etc., should be written on separate sheets. Foot notes and figures should lie numbered consecutively throiaghont. The desired position of foot notes and figures should be clearly indicated in the manuscript.
Figures should be drawn so that they may be reproduced as line cuts so far as possible. An unusually large nimiber of half tones must be paid for in part by the author. Other more expensive illustrations will be furnished at cost. Figures for cuts should be made to conform to the size of the page when reduced, that is, 5 by 71/2 inches or less. The lettering should be by means of jirinted numbers and letters pasted on the drawings, in most cases.
Authors of articles longer than a thousand words will receive fifty reprints of their publications free of cost. If more than this are desired, the order should be given with the return of the proof sheets. Extra coi)ies and special covers or special paper will be furnished at cost. Authors of short contributions will receive a few extra copies of the number containing their articles.
Manuscripts should be sent by express or registered mail. Address all communications to
The Journai^ of Entomology and Zoology
William A. Hilton, Editor Claremont, California, U. S. A.
A Study of Some Specific Characters of the Genus Pseudococcus
p. B. SMITH ENTOMOLOGICAL LABORATORY OF CORNELL UNIVERSITY
The first part of this study was published in September, 1911.* In that paper an examination was made of the charac- ters commonly used in descriptions of species of this genus. This paper is a continuation of the preceding study and in it new characters or characters not commonly used in systematic work are examined. Five species, namely, agrifoliae Essig, crawii Coq., obscurus Essig, citri Risso, and loiigispinus Targ. are considered. Adult specimens have been used throughout. As a considerable number of specimens of each species were available the study has been comparative.
The work was carried out under the direction of Prof. Alex. D. MacGillivray and the writer wishes to again express his appreciation for the invaluable aid received.
Following is a discussion of the various characters for each species.
ANAL RING— (Figs. 1-5)
So far as known to the writer a study of the anal ring has not been made nor has it been figured in any detail. In ordinary mounts the complete anal ring very seldom shows with any clearness because the entire ring or parts of it at least are at an angle to the slide. The ring must lie flat and parallel to the slide to get the correct relations of the parts. To accomplish this the specimens were carried through the clearing stage in the usual way. Then under the dissecting niieroseope the anal ring and lobes were dissected out and mounted. In this way flat mounts were secured from which camera lucida draw- ings could be made.
The anal ring consists of two unclosed concentric circles of wax pores, between which are three pairs of stout setae. Within this,
"Ann. Entom. Soc. Am. Vol. IV, Xo. 3, pp. 309-3;7.
70 JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
nearer the caudal* end than the cejihalic end of the ring, is the anal aperture. The inner circle of pores is closed at the forward end and bulges out between the two anterior setae forming a marked concavity. Posterior to the caudal pair of setse the inner circle of pores continues on each side for about one-third of the arc of the circle bounded by these two setae. The pores of this circle are irregular in shape and size and are large. Near or between the caudal and median seta? there are usually one or more elongate pores which project in in a striking manner from the circle and which have been given the name of denticulate pores. These denticulate pores may or may not indent the membrane of the orifice. Outside of this inner circle of pores and only very slightly separated from them are the six setfe of the anal ring. Outside these setae and separated by a very narrow margin is the second circle of wax pores or the outer circle of pores. These may be limited cephalad and caudad by the anterior and posterior pairs of setae or may extend a very short distance beyond them. These pores have a different appearance from the inner circle. They are more regiilar in shape and arrangement and smaller in size than are the pores of the inner circle. Also they usually have the peculiar apjiearance of having a light or dark spot in them which undoubtedly is due to refraction.
This in general is a generic description of the anal ring of Pseudococcus. The following is a discussion of the si^eeific variations of this ring.
Longispinus Targ. — (Fig. 5). The caudal pair of setie is nearer the median pair than is the cei^halic pair. The outer circle of pores is limited by the caudal and cephalic pairs of setae and is a single row for its entire length. Projecting from the inner circle of pores at the caudal setee are two prominent denticulate pores which indent the membrane of the anal orifice.
*The terminology of cephalic and caudal for the ends of the ring is largely one of convenience. The ring is usually on the apex of the abdomen and so the ends would really be dorsal and ventral. However, in the majority of Coccidae the anal ring is dorsal. According to this terminology the anal ring is assumed to be dorsal also. Thus the closed end of the ring which is usually dorsad of the open end is here spoken of as the cephalic end of the ring.
JOURNAI^ OF ENTOMOLOGY AKD ZOOLOGY 71
This circle continues in an irregular single row eaudad of the caudal setfe for the usual distance as mentioned in the general description. The anterior concavity of circle is very marked, the posterior lips being prominent. The concavity is formed by a single row of pores for the entire distance.
Citri Risso — (Fig. 4). The cephalic, median, and caudal pairs of setfe are equidistant from each other. The outer circle is limited cephalad by the anterior pair of setae. C'audad of each posterior setae is a single pore belonging to the outer circle of pores. Between the caudal and median setae this row is irreg- ularly double for some distance. The anterior concavity of the circle is not so marked as in the preceding species. The anal orifice is narrower but of the same length as in the preceding species.
Craicii Coq. — (Fig. 3). The relative distance of the pairs of setse from each other was apparently not constant. Good mounts of this species were difficult to make because of the prominence of the anal lobes. The outer circle is single for the entire distance. In the inner circle the arrangement of the denticulate pores varies slightly. This circle continues eaudad of the posterior setfe, in a regular single row for the usual dis- tance. The anterior concavity is not so marked as in either of the preceding species.
Ohscunts Essig — (Fig. 2). The caudal pair of setfe are nearer the median pair than is the cephalic pair. The outer circle of pores is single and is limited by the caudal and cephalic setfe. It is single for the entire distance except for a single pore just eaudad of the median sets. In the inner circle at the caudal setae there are several denticulate pores, the cephalic one indenting the membrane of the orifice. Caudad of the posterior sets the circle extends in an irregular double row for the usual distance. The anterior concavity is not marked, the concavity being par- tially filled by pores which form an irregular double row between the cephalic sets.
Agrifoliae Essig— (Fig. 1). The anal ring is considerably larger than those of the preceding species. The cephalic pair
72 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
of setae is nearer the median pair than is the caudal pair. The outer circle of pores is limited anteriorly by the cephalic setae. This row extends several pores caudad of the posterior setae. The row is double between the median and caudal setae for most of the distance. In the inner circle the number of denticulate pores is irregular. One denticulate pore on each side indents the membrane of the orifice at the caudal setae. Posteriorly from the caudad setae the circle continues as a single or double row of pores. The anterior concavity is broad and marked and is composed of a single row of cells.
In the above description the close adherence to the generic type of the ring is noticeable. The specific variation is small, but remarkably constant for the several specimens of each species examined. It is doubtful, however, whether the anal ring will be useful in specific determinations because of the difficulty of making satisfactory mounts. Its usefulness as a generic character appears to be very striking, as it differs greatly from the anal ring of other genera as Orthezia, Ripersia and Pluto.
POSTANAL SET.E— (Figs. 1-5)
Ventrad of the anal ring and at varying specific distances from it are two pair of setae. These setae have in each case been compared in a number of specimens and their size and arrangement is apparently subject to little variation. Follow- ing is a discussion of these setae.
Longispinus Targ. — (Fig. 5). The cephalic pair* of setae is separated by a space equal to the diameter of a seta of the anal ring from the caudal horns of the inner circle of wax pores. The setae of this pair are separated by the width of the orifice. The posterior pair of setae are separated from the anterior pair by a distance equaling three-fourths the distance of the anterior pair of setjp from the caudal pair of anal setae. The sets of the posterior pair are slightly nearer together than are the setae of the anterior pair. Lines drawn longitudinally through
*For convenience in the discussion the pair of setae nearest the anal ring is called the cephalic pair of seta", tlie other pair then would he the caudal pair of setae.
JOURNAIi OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 73
the right and left seta? of each pair would form an elongated inverted "Y".
Citri Risso — (Fig. 4). The cephalic pair of setae are separ- ated by a space equal to half their distance apart from the caudal pair of anal setae. They are from twice to nearly sub- equal the size of the setae of the posterior pair. The caudal pair of seta? are seiiarate from the cephalic pair liy a distance equalling three-fourths of the distance of the cephalic pair from the caudal pair of anal ring setae. The setae of the caudal pair are considerably farther apart than the setae of the anterior pair. Lines drawn longitudinally through the corresponding right and left setae of each pair would form a normal inverted "V".
Cratvii Coq. — (Fig. 3). The cephalic pair of setae are separ- ated from the caudal pair of anal setfe by a space equalling two-thirds their distance apart. The caudal pair of setae are separated from the cephalic pair of seta? by a space equalling three-fourths the distance of the cephalic pair from the caudal pair of anal ring setfp. The setfe of the caudal pair are slightly nearer together than the setae of the anterior pair. Lines drawn longitudinally through the corresponding right and left setae of each ijair would be parallel. The setae of each pair are robust.
Ohscurus Essig — (Fig. '!). The cephalic pair of setae are distant from the caudal pair of anal setae by a space equalling two-thirds their distance apart. The set* of the cephalic pair are separated from each other by a space equal to the distance apart of the caudal setae of the anal ring less the width of the base of one anal ring setae. The caudal pair of setae are separ- ated from the cephalic pair of setae by a space equalling one- half the distance of the cephalic pair from the caudal pair of the anal ring setae. They are smaller than the setae of the cephalic pair. Lines drawn longitudinally through the corre- sponding right and left setae of each pair form a normal "Y".
Agrifoliae Essig — (Fig. 1). The setae of the cephalic pair are separated from each other by a space equal to the distance
74 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
between the cephalic setae of the anal ring. The caudal pair of sets are separated from the cephalic pair liy a space equal to one-half the distance between the caudal pair of setae. The setae of the caudal pair are slightly farther apart than are the setae of the cephalic pair. Lines drawn longitudinally through the corresponding right and left setae of each pair would form a much elongated inverted "V".
These setae are believed to be good specific characters. How- ever, their usefialness as specific characters will j^robably be v^ery limited liecause of the difficulty of making mounts which will show them in their proper relations.
CER ART— (Figs. 6-17)
The term cerari is synonymous with filuri (Berlese). A cerari is composed of one or more conical setae surrounded by a group of wax pores. A conical seta, figs. 6-7, is easily dis- tingaiished from the ordinary setae covering the body. They are broader across the base and distinctly cone-shaped. Dif- ferent proportioned conical setae are found in different species, the relation of the width of the base to the length being a specific variation. The wax pores of the cerari are of the usual triangular type covering the body. The cerari occur slightly dorsad of the margin of the body. There are seventeen pairs in each of the species studied. The number of cerari for each body segment was studied, but no definite conclusions reached. Berlese in his study of lo)igispinus Targ. assigns five cerari to the head, one to the prothorax, two to the mesothorax, two to the metathorax and one each for the seven abdominal seg- ments. To solve definitely this problem the segmentation will have to be followed from the first nymphal stage.
The number of conical setae and the grouping and number of the wax i^ores is a fairly constant specific character. There is a marked specific variation which, however, is well within the limits of the generic variation.
So far as known to the writer, the cerari have never been used in taxonomy or mentioned in descriptions of species of the sub- family Eriococcinae. The following is a description of the cerari
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
75
|
Cf^ax,^ |
; |
^- |
3 |
1* |
5" |
_^ |
? |
r |
<f |
;» |
// |
/* |
/J |
/^ |
/J |
/* |
/^ |
|
|
z |
>- |
1. 1^ |
2. 2^ |
z. 2^ |
Z. 2^ |
1. |
7^ |
■z- |
z. |
•z- |
z- |
1- |
1" |
1- |
->- 1- |
|||
|
lT |
J- |
1. |
%- i- |
z. |
z- |
2- »- |
■z- 2- |
■z- |
t- |
■L- ■3- |
•z- |
■Z- |
||||||
|
az |
9^ |
1- |
•2, •3^ |
-z- |
4- |
•>- |
■l- |
v- |
1— |
1^ |
-1- |
2- |
»— »- |
|||||
|
L£ |
2- |
2^ |
7^ |
3^ |
■Z- |
Z- |
3- |
^ |
>- |
Z- |
7 - |
2~ 2- |
||||||
|
t/ |
It |
1- 0-- |
1- |
t |
Z- |
■L- |
Z. a- |
1- |
||||||||||
|
£Z |
J- |
■I' |
Z- |
z. |
■>-- |
z- |
z. |
z. z- |
%■ |
Z. |
z- |
|||||||
|
«^// |
■it |
1. |
1- |
a- |
•z- |
J' |
^- |
Z- |
z- |
Z- Z-' |
>- |
Z- |
z- i- |
|||||
|
.zzzr |
ft |
>- |
»- *- |
* |
2- |
2- |
Z- >- |
z. |
Z- |
z- |
z. >- |
Z- |
z- |
*- |
||||
|
Z^r |
>- |
3- |
2- ■>■ |
z- z- |
z- |
1- 2- |
2^ |
z. L- |
||||||||||
|
JJ- |
J- |
I- |
2- ■z- |
2- |
1- |
-V- |
z-- |
2- |
Z. Z' |
z- |
Table I. P. cilri Risso. Number of conical setae in each cerari.
76
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
|
Cexo. V i' |
1 / |
i- |
3 |
H |
J~ |
L |
; |
sr |
9 |
/C3 |
// |
/i- |
/i |
/f- |
/J- /6 |
// |
||
|
-L |
tf-r |
i |
i |
1. |
i |
1- |
2- > |
2- |
1^ |
I' |
2^ |
2- |
>- 2- |
|||||
|
H |
3 |
J- |
V 2- |
3 |
1- J- |
2- 1^ |
2- 2- |
2- |
Q- |
|||||||||
|
nr |
3 3 |
•2- |
3 |
2. |
»- |
3- |
2- 2- |
2- |
2- 2- |
%■ 2' |
2- 2- |
I- |
■2- |
|||||
|
ry- |
1 J |
2- |
3 |
2. |
2- |
2- |
2- 2- |
2- |
1- |
2. 2- |
a- |
|||||||
|
r |
yT |
i 3 |
V H |
i- |
>- |
3 |
2- |
1- |
2^ |
2- 2^ |
2- |
2^ a-' |
»- 2^ |
2. |
2^ |
2. |
2- |
|
|
ZL |
vr |
i 3 |
? |
)- |
3- |
J 3 |
2- |
O- S^ |
>- |
2- |
2- 2^ |
2^ 1- |
2- 2- |
■2- 2- |
||||
|
m |
Iff |
3 3 |
2- |
1- |
J i |
X- X- |
■2- |
7- |
2- |
2- 2- |
2- 2- |
2. t |
C 2- |
2. |
2. 2- |
|||
|
m |
yr Iff |
3 3 |
3 |
7- |
■J- |
i 3 |
1- |
2- |
2. 2- |
2- 2^ |
2. 2- |
2- |
2- |
2^ .2, |
||||
|
IX |
J 3 |
V |
7- |
3 |
z- i- |
2- |
■2-- 2- |
•2- X- |
1- 2-- |
2. |
2- |
2- |
2- |
2- 2. |
1- |
|||
|
X |
vr |
3 3 |
J |
3 |
3^ |
?- *- |
3 |
i- |
2^ |
2^ |
2. |
2, |
2>- |
Table II. P. obscurus Essig. Number of conical setae in each cerari.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 77
of each of the five species studied. The cerari are numbered from the liead caudad. The measurements given do not include the base of the conical setae. The diameter being taken just above the collar-like base and the length being taken from the base to the apex of the setae.
Citri Eisso— (Figs. 10-11, Table I). An examination of Table I shows that the number of conical setae is two for each cerari and that this number is constant in all the specimens tabulated. Fig. 10 shows a camera lucida drawing of the first cerari. It will be seen from this figure that the number of wax pores is very few compared to the head cerari of some of the other species. This small number of wax pores is a constant specific character. In a large number of species examined the arrange- ment of the wax pores and setae varies but slightly from the figure. Cerari 2-16 resemble very closely this figure. The conical sette of the first cerari are 17-19 microns long and 4.2-4.8 microns in diameter. Fig. II shows the anal cerari. The bases of the conical setae are one-third larger than those of the head cerari. There are but few pores as in the first cerari. The two conical seta^ of each cerari are subequal in size. Two smaller setae are seen near the cerari. The conical setae of the anal lobes are 21-24 microns long and 5-6 microns in diameter.
Ohscurns Essig — (Figs. 14-15, Table II). Fig. 14 shows the first cerari of this species. The conical setae are slightly larger than those of the preceding species. The wax pores are ar- ranged thickly. There are three conical setae in this cerari, a constant character. The number of conical setae in the second cerari varies from two to four ; four is the usual number. The fourth and fifth cerari each have two conical setae. The sixth cerari has three conical setae. The cerari caudad of the sixth each have two conical setae. The conical seta? of the first cerari are 9-10 microns long and 3.5-4.2 microns broad.
Fig. 15 shows the cerari of the anal lobes. The large number of wax pores is noticeable. The caudal conical setae of the cerari is noticably larger than the cephalic one. The length of the conical setae varies from 28-32 microns and the diameter 8-10 microns.
78 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Agrifoliae Essig — (Figs. 8-9, Table III). Fig. 9 sliows the first cerari. The diameters of the bases of the conical setae are subequal to those of the preceding species. The number of wax pores is very much less than in the preceding species, approaching the condition found in citri Risso. There are three conical setae in this cerari. Three ordinary setae are also seen in the cerari. There are two to four conical setae in the sec- ond cerari ; two to three in the third cerari, usually three ; two to three in the fourth and fifth cerari, usually two ; caudad of the sixth each cerari has two conical setff. The conical setae of the first cerari are 14-1(5 microns long and 4-5 microns broad.
Fig. 8 shows a cerari of the anal lobe. The bases of the conical setae are the largest of any species studied. The posterior conical seta is noticeably larger than the anterior. The number of wax pores is about the same as in obscuriis Essig, but they are much less crowded together and cover a larger space. Eight ordinary setae are seen near the cerari. The anterior conical seta is 27-29 microns long and 9-10 microns in diameter. The posterior conical seta is 30-32 microns long and 11-12 microns in diameter.
Longispiiius Targ. — (Figs. 6, 16, 17, Table IV). Fig. 16 shows the first cerari of this species. The size of the bases of the conical setae is two-thirds that of citri Risso. There are usually three conical setae in this cerari, very seldom four. There are many wax pores and these are crowded together. Four ordinary setae are seen in the cerari. The second cerari has 3-4 conical set^, usually four; the third cerari has two conical setae; the sixth has three conical setae; the cerari caudad of this have two conical seta?. The conical setae of the first cerari are 2.6-3.5 microns in diameter and 11-12 microns long.
Fig. 17 shows a cerari of the anal lobes. The conical setae are subequal in size to those of obscurus Essig. The posterior coni- cal seta is strikingly larger than the anterior one. The wax pores are many and crowded together. Four ordinary setae are seen near or in the cerari. The anterior conical seta is 22-25 microns long and 8-9 microns in diameter. The posterior one is 27-30 microns long and 10-11 microns in diameter.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
79
|
C«-«AV(' |
/ |
> |
^ |
f |
J~ |
<l |
? |
5 |
? |
/o |
// |
^*' |
;j |
'Y |
/i' |
/t |
Zi |
|
|
1 3 |
1- |
>- |
>- |
»^ |
3 |
a- |
3^ I' |
>- |
J' |
>- |
>- %■ |
|||||||
|
n |
rr |
J |
r |
•v |
1^ |
J- |
i |
*- |
1- |
I— |
J- |
x- |
2- |
1- 1-- |
||||
|
m |
»r |
3 3 |
1 3 |
J ^ |
3 |
r 3 |
t «- |
V )- |
l- |
t- |
I- |
2- |
1^ |
|||||
|
XF |
3 J |
t |
3 3 |
3 |
3 3 |
3 |
1- |
1- |
J_ |
a— |
2- 4- |
|||||||
|
T |
3 3 |
i |
3 i |
V V |
3 i- |
3- |
3 |
1- 2- |
t-- |
2. 1^ |
1- |
|||||||
|
Yl |
vr |
3 3 |
3 3 |
3 > |
2^ |
3 |
3- |
3- |
1^ |
1-- |
2- |
2- |
J- |
Table III. P. (ijn/oKffi Essig. Number of conical setas in each cerari.
|
Ceyax/ |
/ |
X |
.? |
>!r |
<<- |
L |
y |
sr |
9 |
fo |
/' |
/l |
fd |
/y |
/i" |
/« |
/> |
|
|
3 3 |
5- 3 |
f |
J- |
2- |
2- 2, |
2- 2^ |
2- |
2- 2^ |
2. 2- |
2- 2- |
a- 2- |
|||||||
|
D |
rr |
3 3 |
3 3 |
2- 2. |
I- |
2- |
2- |
I' |
2- |
I' |
2- 2- |
|||||||
|
nj |
i 3 |
V |
3 3 |
■2- |
2- 2- |
2- 1- |
2- |
1^ |
•i- »- |
2- |
<- 2.- |
2— |
||||||
|
IF |
3 3 |
4^ |
3 3 |
3- |
■2- |
1- |
2- |
2^ a.- |
1- |
l- ^ |
1^ |
2- |
X^ |
|||||
|
X |
3 J |
3 |
3 3 |
2- |
7_ |
I. |
2- |
■2- |
2- |
1^ 2^ |
2- 1, |
2- |
2- |
|||||
|
TZJ |
3 3 |
H |
»- |
1^ |
3 J |
>- |
2- |
2- |
2- |
*- |
2- 1- |
•2- |
t |
2- 2- |
t Z- |
|||
|
tar |
tT If* |
3 3 |
3 |
7- |
3 3 |
2- |
1- |
■L- 2- |
L. |
2. |
e- z- |
2- 2- |
||||||
|
szxu- |
If |
•3 If |
V V |
7- |
J J |
t- |
»- t- |
2^ |
X- |
2- |
■2^ |
1^ |
t. 2- |
|||||
|
TT |
4 |
3 |
J |
J- |
V 1-- |
3 |
-1- >- |
*- |
2- |
2. 3- |
2- 2- |
2- 7-- |
2. 2- |
2- |
I- 2^ |
2- |
||
|
-X. |
rr |
1 3 |
T tf |
7 |
>- |
I- |
2- |
»- |
2- 2^ |
J' |
1^ 2- |
2- |
*-• |
Table IV. P. \ong\sp\nus Targ. Number of conical seta" :
80 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Crawii Coq.— (Pigs. 7, 12, 13, Table V). Fig. 12 .shows the first cerari. The wax pores are few and scattered. The niiral)er of conical setae varies from four to seven, usually more than four; the second and third cerari have 4-8 conical setae, usually more than four ; the fourth cerari has 5-8 conical setae ; the sixth cerari has 5-7 conical setfe; the seventh cerari 4-7 conical sette; the eighth cerari has 1-4 conical setse, usually 2-3. The cerari caudad of the eighth and to the seventeenth usually have 7-8 conical setae. The anal cerari has from 11-19 conical setae, usually 13-15.
Fig. 13 shows an anal cerari. The bases of the conical setae are seen to be but little larger than in the first cerari. The number of wax pores is large, but the arrangement is scattering. The space covered by the cerari is much greater than in any other species studied, usually covering most of the dorsum of the anal lobe. Five robust ordinary setae of the first cerari are 4-5 microns in diameter and 23-25 microns long. The conical setae of the anal cerari are 5-6 microns in diameter and 28-30 microns long. The most striking character of this species is the large number of conical setae in the cerari.
The above discussion shows that the cerari as specific charac- ters are very promising. The conical setae are easily seen and counted in ordinary mounts. When the seta is broken off the base can easily be distinguished. The groujiing of the wax pores is a distinctive specific character. It is believed that the charac- ter of the cerari will be very useful in the formation of analytical tables and the identification of .species.
Berkeley, California, March, 1913.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
81
|
r = |
/ |
i |
3 |
0- |
d' |
^ |
7 |
S |
^ |
/<> |
// |
/>- |
/3 |
>'y |
/a' |
fb |
// |
|
|
£/i«citntr> 1 |
s- |
7 i- |
i 7 |
X |
? |
3 3L |
i- 3 |
^ |
6 |
b |
7 |
? 7 |
/? /r |
|||||
|
JT |
It |
7 i- |
% 3 |
6 |
5- r |
6 |
X |
6 6 |
4- |
IT r |
i- 7 |
r |
6 |
7 |
||||
|
T7T |
It |
i 7 |
t |
I, |
3 3 |
6- |
i- |
s- |
H- |
7 |
C 7 |
u '* |
||||||
|
JX |
rT |
6 |
3 |
g |
> 7 |
s 3 |
6 |
J^ i- |
i- |
3- 4" |
5^ 7 |
6 |
7 6 |
n |
||||
|
]^r |
C |
? |
3 3 |
8 |
i- 3 |
i- X |
4' |
5- |
6- |
7 7 |
7 |
13 |
||||||
|
Vl |
J" |
s b |
X 3 |
/ |
i- |
6 |
t |
J- |
7 |
»- |
4' |
4 |
y 7 |
8- |
/? /3 |
|||
|
mr |
4^ |
6" 6 |
t |
i |
> |
7 |
y ♦ |
4- |
r |
6 |
c |
I. |
"t /s- |
|||||
|
YJH |
6 |
T |
> |
X |
U |
6 |
9 |
b |
6- |
I |
6 3- |
i 7 |
7 |
IX /3 |
||||
|
XL |
7 7 |
6 > |
7 1 |
J- |
3 |
1 7 |
^ J- |
> |
7 7 |
'r |
||||||||
|
K. |
6. |
3 |
> > |
1- 3 |
6 |
6- |
3 3 |
J" |
7 |
& 4 |
7 |
7 > |
> 1 |
Table V. P. crawii Coq. Number of conical set* in each cerari
A
6
<<3
i>
•—CO. p.s
•- C. p. 3,
C7 C-- W.P.
o V
s.c. ,
t7
8
10
^#
<poi^
13
^|> <3 t> A A <^ V A*
14
16
11
<3# C>
.*7
12
15
^'^-^vt^'
^t^""
17
84 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
EXPLANATION OF FIGURES
ABBREVIATIONS
a.o. — Anal orifice, ce.p.s. — Cephalic pair of postanal setae, ce.s. — Cephalic pair of anal seta?, e.p.s. — Caudal pair of anal seta;, d.p. — Denticulate wax pore, m.s. — iliddle pair of anal setse.
s. — Ordinary seta?, s.c. — 8et:v of conical type, w.p. — Triangular type of wax pore.
All figures are drawn with a camera lucida, x660.
Figure 1. The anal ring of P. a</rif<jliae Essig. In this and the sueceeding figures of anal rings the cephalic end of the ring faces the top of the page.
Figure -2. Anal ring of P. obscurus Essig.
Figure 3. Anal ring of P. rrawii Coq.
Figure 4. Anal ring of P. citri Risso.
Figure 5. Anal ring of P. lovi/isi)iinis Targ.
Figure 6. Lateral view of the posterior conical seta of an anal cerari of P. lonnispintis.
Figure 7. Lateral view of conical seta of an anal cerari of P. crawii.
Figure 8. Surface view of an anal cerari of P. lu/rifoliae.
Figure 9. Head or first cerari of P. agrifoUae.
Figure 10. First or head cerari of P. citri.
Figure 11. Anal cerari of P. citri.
Figure IJ. Head cerari of P. crawii.
Figure 13. Anal cerari of P. crawii.
Figure 14. Head cerari of P. obscunm.
Figure 1.5. Anal cerari of P. obsruni.i.
Figure 16. Head cerari of P. loni/ispinus.
Figure 17. Anal cerari of P. loitfii-ipiiius.
The Yerba Santa Mealy Bug
(Pseudococcus yerba-santae n sp.)
E. O. ESSIG SECRETARY STATE HORTICULTURAL COMMISSION, SACRAMENTO, C AL.
FEMALES
General Appeal (nice. — (Fig. 1) The general outward ap- pearance, including size, shape, color and vestiture, furnishes the only reliable data for the recognition and description of mealy bugs. The species under discussion does not differ from the other known s]iecies to a great degree, but enough so to war- rant its being considered new to science. The size is average.
Figure 1. The yerba santa mealy bug {Pseudororais i/frha sanUe n sp.) Slightly enlarged. (Original.)
being from 1.8 mm. to 2.2 mm. in length and nearly half as wide. The shape is oval oblong, being slightly narrower than the typical mealy bugs. The body color is light or pinkish. The contents of the bodies are easily removed by boiling in KOH, the skin be- coming colorless and transparent — the legs and antennas remain- ing amber. The white waxy covering is just thick enough to hide the body color and appears velvety. The segmentation of the body is usually plainly visible. The wax filaments around the
86
.JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
A
Figure 2
JOTENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 87
edges are very short — those behind being longest, but even these are scarcely noticea])le.
The eggs are yellow and laid in small egg-sacs which envelope the female bodies.
Body Characters. — Antennae. — (Fig. 2, B) The antennae are normally eight-segmented with little variation to the lengths of the respective articles. The formula, beginning with the longest article, is 8, 3 (2, 5), 7, 6, 3, 1. 1 is often slightly longer than 3 or 6 and 6 longer than 3. To the mind of the writer little can be relied upon the antennal segmentation as a means of classifica- tion, excepting in a few instances. They are light lirown in color. Legs. — The legs are well developed with the hind jjair consider- ably larger than the first two. They are slightly hairy and light brown. The coxte (Fig. 2, A) are large — being twice as long as the trochanters. The femora do not attain the greatest width of the coxa? and are slightly shorter than the til)ije. The tarsi are about one-third as long as the tibiae. The claws are well devel- oped. Spines. — Fig. 2, C and D) The spines of the anal lobes are nearly twice as long as the circumanal spines.
Host Plant. — This species feeds upon the foliage of the Yerba Santa or Mountain Balm {Eriodictijoi/ californicuni (H. & A.)) ; many of the plants were completely covered with the young and adult females and the egg-sacs. No adult males or their cocoons were collected.
Locality. — Though the Yerba Santa is exceedingly common throughout the southern part of the state, this mealy bug has been found to infest it only in the Sespe Canyon, Ventura County, California. In this locality the infestation is general and often severe.
Natural Enemies. — Two dipterous insects play a very import- ant role in reducing the numbers of this mealy bug. The larva of the syrphid fly (Bacclia lemur 0. S.) preys upon the eggs and young, and the sirall internal parasite (Leucopis hella Loew.) works upon the half -grown and adult females.
Date of Collection. — This species was collected May 11, 1911. My brother, S. H. Essig, shares in its discovery.
The Circulatory System of Laila Cockerelli
MABEL GUERNSEY
Laila cockerelli is the single species of a genus of Dorididse described by MacFarland in 1905. Since it is very abundant at Laguna Beach, I undertook a study of the anatomy, of which this paper, on the circulatory system, is a part. Most of the speci- mens with which I worked were fixed with chrome-acetic acid for sectioning, as the small size of the animal, the length of which ranged from 10 to 15 mm., made dissection uusatisfactorj'.
The only i)art of the circulatory system which it was con- venient to dissect was the heart. This is situated close beneath the upper body wall, just anterior to the branchiae, and in the living animal its pulsations may sometimes be seen through the skin. The heart consists of an oval or nearly circular, flatfish ventricle and a very large, thin-walled auricle, both enclosed in a delicate pericardium. The ventricle contains many interlacing muscle-fibres, which form a network between the walls, so that the contracted ventricle appears as a thick mass of muscle-fibres. Between the auricle and ventricle, circularly placed mi;scle-fibres form a valve. The walls of the auricle are extremely thin, con- sisting of a delicate sheet of connective tissue, strengthened by a very few bands of muscle-fibres. The enclosing pericardium is thin, but thicker than the wall of the auricle, and contains numer- ous nuclei.
Since dissection or injection was very difficult, the course of the circulation was determined by making a graphic reconstruc- tion from serial sections. The drawing was from a reduction of this reconstruction. The reconstruction of the arterial circula- tion was made from a smaller animal than that of the venous circulation, and is consequently drawn to a different scale. This was done because the arterial system was imperfectly preserved in the specimen that showed the venous system to best advantage. No attempt was made to reconstruct the pedal sinuses, which are a complex, interlacing mass, reminding one of the interstices of a sponge. The artei-ial circulation was especially difficult to
JOTJKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 89
make out, owing to the extreme thinness of the walls of the arteries, which were usually collapsed, misplaced, or torn in places, so as to make their identification difficult. Consequently, only the main hrauches of the arterial circulation are shown in the drawing.
The aorta leaves the ventricle at its anterior end, on the lower side. Almost immediately it divides into two parts, the posterior and anterior aortae. The posterior aorta runs back over the liver, dividing very soon into two ]iarts, which branch and rebranch, the branches soon becoming indistinguishable from clefts be- tween the liver lobes. The anterior aorta runs forward below the upper body-wall and passes through the blood gland, which spreads in a flat, thin sheet above and posterior to the buccal mass. It is divided into a right and left portion and these are subdivided into numerous lobes. The substance of the gland is somewhat similar in its appearance to the pulp of lymph glands in vertebrates, as it consists of a mass of cells, among which are a few interlacing fibres. It communicates with the aorta by several branches. The aorta now divides into three parts. The first, the genital artery, runs down to the reproductive organs, where it opens into a network of sinuses; the second (N) runs through the blood gland and along the upper surface of the capsule surrounding the central ganglia; the third branch, or aorta proper, goes down on the right side of the buccal mass, curves under it, and gives off a large buccal artery, which sends two branches to the sinuses in the buccal mass. The remainder of the aorta enters the foot muscles as the pedal artery (Q), which can be traced forwards for some distance, l)ut which I have been unable to trace backwards, although it probably has branch- es which run backwards. In any case, the l)lood would be carried back by the sinuses of the foot.
The venous blood, with the exception of that coming from the posterior aorta, circulates through an elaborate system of irreg- ular, intercommunicating sinuses, chiefly in the foot and sides, which communicate with the main body cavity and the great lateral sinus. This lateral sinus forms a ring around the body at the level of the origin of the papillae, to which it gives branches.
90
JOUBNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
I'igure I. Heart and venous system, XJi. A, visceral vein; B, afferent; C, efferent branchial vein; D, communication between branchiae and auricle; E, aorta ; F, rhinoiihore vein ; G, cominunication between liody cavity and lateral sinus; H, direct communication with pedal sinuses.
lifiure il. Arterial system, X44. J, posterior; K, anterior branch of aorta; L, artery to re]>ri)ductive orfiaiis; M, artery from blond gland to aorta; N, artery to ganglia; O, P, buccal arteries; Q, pedal artery.
JOXJENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 91
It communicates with the main body cavity at a point on either side just anterior to the rhinopliores (G), and with the pedal sinus complex at numerous points (H), the main ones being at the head and tail, and just anterior and posterior to the opening into the auricle. It also gives off many short and long branches, above and below, as well as branches to the papillae.
The aeration of this blood is undoubtedly accomplished through the skin of the back and sides, to which branches of the sinuses are closely applied and through the pajnllse, which seem especially adapted for this purpose. The sinuses in the papillae are much dilated at the ends, and communicate by many fine branches with the spongy network of which the substance of the papilla? is composed, so that the blood is brought in close contact with the epithelium covering the surface. Also, when the animal is alive, the papillae are in constant slow motion, which would facilitate aeration of the blood.
The lateral sinus opens directly into the auricle by short branches, and the blood is then immediately returned into circu- lation without passing through the branchiae. The blood from the posterior aorta follows a different course from the rest. After passing through a complex mass of sinuses between the liver lobes, it is collected in venous channels that come together in a great sinus running along just above the stomach, from which it is carried to the branehia' by the hepatic vein (A). This gives a single vein to each branchial plume. These run up the posterior side of the main trunk of the plumes and send off branches which, running forward close under the epithelium, are collected in veins (C) which run down the anterior trunk of each plume. These veins are collected into a single one which opens almost immediately into the auricle, thus returning the branchial blood to the circulation, where it is mixed with blood from the lateral sinuses.
The branchife usually consist of three plumes, but there may be five, the numlier which MacFarland has described as tj-pical. These have a muscular central stalk with several branches, which rebranch into fine ultimate endings. I^ach branchial plume receives a large nerve from the branchial plexus, and a branch
92 JOUENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
from the hepatic vein. Tlie branches of this vein are separated from the surface only by a verj' thin, columnar epithelium. Clumps of gland cells are found at the ends of the plumes just beneath the sinuses, and scattered mucous cells are occasionally seen in the epitlielium.
The arteries are large tubes with a thin, muscular wall. The larger sinuses have a thin homogeneous wall of connective tissue and, in the lateral sinuses, muscular fibres are sometimes present, but the smaller sinuses seem to have no wall, being merely clefts in the connective tissue.
The circulatory system does not possess any striking differ- ences from the type found in Doris by Hancock and Embleton, excepting for the s])ecial arrangement for the papilla^, which were not found in any of the forms they described.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Alder, J., and Hancock, A. 1910
The British nudiliranchlate ilollusea. Ray soc. Part VIII.
Hcuicock, A., and Emhdton, D. 1852
On the anatomy of Doris. Phil, trans.
Hescheler, K. 1900
Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Anatomie der wirbellosen Thiere. Von A. Lang. Pt. I. Mollu.sca.
MacFaiIaiid,F.M. 1905'
A preliminary account of the Dorididte of Monterey Bay, Cal. Prne. biol. soc. Wash. Vol. XVIII, pp. 35-54.
(Contribution from the Zoological Laboratory of Pomona College.)
Nerve Cells of Tarantula
WILLIAM A. HILTON
G. Saint Eemy '90 and others have indicated at least two sizes of cells in the nervous systems of spiders. In tarantula there are numerous cells of small size and fewer of a larger sort. The functional nerve elements may be told from the others by their rather clear nuclei which contain prominent nucleoli. The large cell-bodies as compared with the size of the nuclei are also char- acteristic. No neuroblasts were clearly recognized in the adult spider. Two types of elements were seen which were thought to be connective in their nature, or neuroglia cells. In one kind of these the nuclei were rather clear, the cells widely scattered, but often partly joined togetlier Ijy their long slender processes. Some of these were found in the fibrous portion of the ganglion. In the other type of supportive element the cells are massed together in certain regions, the nuclei are filled with granules of chromatin and fine strands from the cytoplasm extend between the adjoining cells and penetrate into the fibrous area. These two t^iies of elements form a framework or reticulum for the cells and fibers of the nervous system (Fig. 1, D and E).
The smaller nerve cells seem to be rather simple for the most part. They appear to be unipolar with a large process directed towards the central filirous mass of the ganglion. The nuclei of these are large with large nucleoli which contain one or more refractive spots. Fibrils are not so easily determined as in larger cells, but the nerve processes seem to be composed of many fine fibrills. Little was learned about other points in the finer structure of these cells, Init in jireparations fixed in Flem- ming's fluid there were numerous dark masses which were often seen. These were usually found in the cytoplasm on the oppo- site side of the cell from the nerve process. In appearance these resembled blackened fat particles (Fig. 1, C).
The larger nerve cells were found grouped together or scat- tered about in the more ventral regions of the nervous system ; some were found in the supraesophageal region, on the lateral
94
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
sides and also dorsally. The groups of larger cells were often surrounded by many others, both of the neuroglia type and of the smaller nerve cell form. In the largest neurones, as in the smaller ones, the nuclei are prominent with marked nucleoli which have one or more dark areas in tlieuL Surrounding the nucleus there is a tine meshwork or cell reticulum upon which granules of tigroid substance may be seen. This material is in the form of fine granules in some cells, in others it is com-
Figiire 1. Cells from tlie central nervous system of spiders, X800. A to E, cells from tarantula; D and E, supporting cells; F", nerve cell from a spider IJ/j mm. long; G, nerve cell or neuroblast from a young spider of about ly^ mm. length.
posed of coarser flakes. Eunning through the meshwork of the cell with its tigroid substance delicate continuous strands or neuro-tibrilla? may be seen and traced from the region of the nucleus into branches of the nerve cell. Adjacent cells may be seen to be in some communication with each other by means of these tine tibrillfe. Broader connections between cells such as Haller '04 and Hilton '11 have recorded in insects seem to occur in this form to a limited degree (Fig. 1, A and B).
JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 95
The magnitude of nerve cells in many forms seems to depend upon the number and extent of the processes. The size of the animal ought then to make a difference with that of the cells. In one of the Collembola recently studied, the animal was about 1.5 mm. in length ; the cells were about .002 mm. in diameter. In a large tarantula, one of 6 cm. body length, the nerve cells were of several sizes. Some were .05 mm. by .03 mm. The smallest were about .02 by .015 mm. In a small spider of 1.5 mm. length, the largest cells were less than .01 mm. in diameter (Fig. 1, F), while a young drassid of 1.5 mm. which was active but not mature, had nerve cells of about the same size (Fig. 1, G). The cells in the last case appeared much like neuroblasts.
The smallest functional nerve cells in the tarantula were a little larger than the neuroblasts of young forms, while the functional cells of a more mature spider were about the same size as these neuroblasts. The largest nerve cells of tarantula as compared with the largest of a small spider show the great- est contrast.
In a considei-ation of the size of nerve cells in various animals it seems clear that although the larger organisms have the larger nerve cells, there are other factors than size of the animal and consequent length of the cell processes which deter- mine the magnitude of the neurones.
REFERENCES
Haller, B. 1901
Ueber den allgemeinen Bauplan des Tracheatensyncerebrums. Arch. f. niicr. Anat., Bd. 65.
Hilton, W. A. 1911 The structure of the nerve cells of an insect. Jour, conip. neurol. Vol. 21, No. 4. 1912
A preliminary study of the central nervous system of spiders. Pomona jour. ent. Vol. IV, No. 3. Saint Remi/. G. 1890
Contribution a 1 "etude du cerveau chez les arthropods tra- eheates. Theses a la Faculte des sciences de Paris. (Contribtifion from ihc Znnlogical Laboratory of Pomona College.)
New Californian Microlepidoptera
AUGUST BUSCK U. S. BUREAU OF ENTOMOLOGY, WASHINGTON, D. C.
The si^ecies of Microlepidoptera, described in tlie following, were received for determination from Mr. W. S. Wright, San Diego, California, together with some fifty other species, which I have recognized as already described.
If a few more equally valuable collections could be obtained from California this coming season, the writer would be pleased to fulfil his promise to Dr. C. F. Baker, to give a comprehen- sive paper on the known California Microlepidoptera for this Journal. I shall be glad to hear from other collectors of these insects in California.
Coleophora quadristrigella new species
Labial palpi long, porrected, smooth; second joint hardly thickened ; white, shaded with light brown externally. Antennae white, somewhat thickened with scales toward the base; basal joint yellow, somewhat enlarged, but without projecting flap of scales. Face, head and thorax light yellow with the cheeks, patagina and posterior tip of thorax white. Forewings with silvery white ground color; from base to apex along the upper edge of the cell and covering vein 7 runs a broad longitudinal streak of light golden yellow, which at basal fourth gives oft' a narrower longitudinal branch of the same color, which ter- minates on the middle of the termen ; below the fold from base to tornus runs a third longitudinal yellow streak; these yellow streaks leave the white ground color exposed only as four longi- tudinal streaks, one along the costal edge, one along the dorsal edge, one on the fold and one from basal third of the cell to close below apex. Cilia whitish fuscous. Hind wings light fuscous with the cilia a shade darker. Abdomen light fuscous with golden lateral edges. Legs whitish hairs on posterior tibiae golden.
Alar expanse : 18-20 mm.
JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY f»7
Habitat — San Diego, California, June, July. W. S. Wright, coll.
U. S. N. M. Type No. 15,607.
ColeopJiora entoloma new species
Very close to C. quadristrigella, but smaller and with the yel- low color somewhat darker and occupying the larger part of the wing, leaving the white color as three thin longitudinal streaks, one along the costal edge, one through the middle of the wing to apex and one on the fold; the fourth white streak found in quadristrigella on the dorsal margin is absent in the present species, the subplical yellow longitudinal streak being broader and includes the dorsal edge. No other colorational differences.
Alar expanse: 15-18 mm.
Habitat — San Diego, California, May, Jvme. AV. S. Wright, coll.
U. S. N. M. Type No. 15,608.
Galechia coticola new species
Labial i)alpi light ochreous with extreme base dark brown and with a few scattered brown scales on terminal joint ; second joint with well developed compressed and furrowed tuft. An- tennfp black. Face, head and thorax light golden yellow. Pata- gina purplish black. Forewings with costal half blackish brown with a purple tint; dorsal half golden yellow; the dividing line between the two colors is nearly straight from base to the mid- dle of termen except for a large triangular process of the yel- low color into the dark color on the middle of the wing; in the dark costal area lies a short, oblong, yellow dash below the costal edge at basal third and a larger triangular costal spot at apical fourth; cilia fuscous. Hindwings light fuscous. Abdo- men light yellow dusted with dark brown. Legs yellowish with broad dark brown annulations on tibiae and tarsi, except on the hind tarsi, which are all yellow.
Alar expanse : 16-17 mm.
Habitat — La Puerta, California, July. Wright & Field, coll.
U. S. N. M. Type No. 15,609.
98 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
A well marked species nearest in coloration to Gelechia hin- kaidfUd Bnsek, bnt easily distinguished by the pattern, which comes nearer to that of the much smaller Gelecliia paraphitella Busck.
Gelechia scabrelld new species
Labial palpi with short indistinctly divided brush on the underside, blackish l)rown exteriorly, gray on the inner side; terminal joint shorter than second somewhat thickened with scales, blackish brown with an indistinct pale annulation at base. Antenua3 tinel.y pubescent, dark purplish brown each joint terminating in a circlet of ])aler somewhat raised scales. Face, head and thorax dark piirplish brown finely irrorated with white, the extreme ti]) of each scale being white ; posterior tip of thorax deep velvety, unmixed brown with a strong purple sheen. Forewings of the same irrorated brown color as the thorax except for a large triangular dorsal patch near the base, which has the same color as the posterior tip of thorax; this reaches with one corner to the costal edge and is shar]ily edged posteriorly by a thin oblique white line; on the middle of the wing is a similarly uuicolored, but more diffused larger patch, edged posteriorly by a thin, transverse, slightly concave, white line across the wing at apical third; both of these dark brown areas contain small tufts of raised scales in two longitudinal rows; the groundcolor with lighter brown white-tipped scales thus cover the extreme base, an oblique fascia beyond the first white line the dorsal and costal edges and the entire tip of the wing beyond the thin white fascia ; cilia concolorous. Hind- wings broader than the forewings, light shiny fuscous. Abdo- men light fuscous. Legs blackish fuscous with indistinct nar- row annulations at the joints.
Alar expanse : 17-20 mm.
Habitat — San Diego, California, June, Julv. "W. S. Wright, coll.
U. S. N. M. Type No. 15,610.
This is the western representative of our eastern G. n-alsiiig-
JOUENAX, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 99
IkuiiI Dietz, to whioli it comes quite close, though much larger and deeper in color.
The species has a striking superficial resemblance to the larger typical species of the genus Gnorimoschema.
Gelechia higella new species
Labial palpi with stubby, indistinctly furrowed brush on sec- ond joint, nearly even throughout its length light fuscous mot- tled with dark brown. Face light fuscous. Head and thorax (lark fuscous. Forewings dark velvety fuscous with two vel- vety lilack round dots, one on the middle of the fold and one obliquely above it on the cell, both slightly edged with rust- brown scales; at the end of the cell is a small rust-brown spot containing a few single black scales, a small blackish costal spot at ajiical third and an illdefined marginal row of black around the aijical and terminal edges; cilia fuscous sprinkled with single black scales. Hindwing dark fuscous ; anal cilia yellowish fuscous ; the males have on the underside of the hindwing a row of long raised scales on vein 8. Abdomen dark fuscous, with the upper side of the basal joints tinged with golden yellow. Legs blackish fuscous with narrow yellowish tarsal annulations.
Alar expanse : 20-21 mm.
Hahifat— San Diego, California, February. W. S. Wright, coll.
IT. S. N. M. Type No. 15,61 L
Nearest to our Eastern Gelechia hUumaculella Chambers.
Ethmia mediella new species
Labial palpi long, recurved, reaching beyond vertex; white sprinkled with black scales ; outer side of second joint nearly all black. Antenna? leadcolored with narrow white annulations; first joint white on the underside. Face white. Head white with a central black spot. Thorax white with four black dots, two on each side. Patagina white with two black basal dots. Forewings white suffused with soft gray which is darker just above the fold below which there is a rather sharply edged pure white longitudinal area; basal part of costal edge dark lead
100 JOXJENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
colored; on the fold is a longitudinal row of three deep black lines and at the end of the cell is a pure white dot edged by short black dashes ; around apical and terminal edge is a series of short black streaks. Cilia white. Hindwings dark gray with the anal area yellow and cilia yellow. Abdomen light golden yellow except the upper side of the first joint, which is gray. Legs white with well marked black tarsal annulations and with posterior tibiae yellow.
Alar expanse : 22-26 mm.
Habitat — San Diego, California, June, July. W. S. Wright, coll.
U. S. N. M. Type No. 15,612.
Closely related and very similar in pattern to Ethmia arcto- stapliylella Walsingham and Ethmia ohscurella Beutenmuller, but much lighter than these species in color.
Semioscopis acertella new species
Labial palpi black with the tips of both joints and a sprink- ling on second joint white. Head and thorax brownish fuscous. Forewings with the groundcolor bluish-white but so heavily overlaid with dark brownish fuscous that the white only ap- pears in irregi;lar longitudinal thin lines ; the brown faintly outlines the venation and is mixed with black scales, also ar- ranged in illdefined and interrupted longitudinal lines ; on the middle of the cell is a broader white longitudinal line, edged above and below and broken in the middle by short deep black lines; on. the middle of the fold is a short black longitudinal streak. The effect to the unaided eye is a pepper and salt coloration with a narrow white central streak on the cell. Hindwing dark fuscous with whitish area. Abdomen yellow- ish fuscous. Legs black with j^ellowish annulations on tibiae and tarsi.
Alar expanse : 16-19 mm.
Habitat — San Diego, California, November. W. S. Wright, coll.
V. S. N. M. Type No. 15,613.
JOUENAIi OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 101
Nearest in winy- form and ]>attera to Semioscopis megami- crella Dyar, but smaller, much darker and suffused in its mark- ing and without the well marked terminal row of black dots.
Hypople.sia dietziella new species
Tongiie and maxillary palpi obsolete. Labial palpi rather long curved ascending; second joint with well developed brush on the underside and with several long black bristles along the upper edge; terminal joint shorter than second, bluntly pointed; blackish fuscous with extreme tip of the third joint yellowish. Antennae nearly as long as the forewings, stout, with short whorls of raised scales, less so in the females; basal joint with pecten yellowish fuscous, lighter toward the tip. Face and head rough with long, erect dark fuscous hair scales. Thorax dark fuscous. Patagina tipped with yellow. Forewings dark fuscous mottled with black and yellow in indistinct and transverse striation; the black scales are slightly raised and most promi- nent ; along the costal edge is a series of small black dots and at the end of the cell is a larger ill-defined black spot; around the entire edge from the middle of costa to tornus is a series of small yellowish dashes also present in the otherwise dark fus- cous cilia. Hindwings shining dark fuscous. Abdomen dark fuscous. Legs black with yellowish annulations. Hindlegs rather long with the tibiae hairy.
Alar expanse : 16-20 mm.
Hahifaf — San Diego, California, June, July. W. S. Wright, coll.
U. S. N. M. Type No. 15,614.
I take pleasure in associating the name of my friend and col- leagaie. Dr. Wm. Dietz, with this interesting species, the second one known in the genus originally characterized by him under the preoccupied name, Paraplesia. (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. XXXI, p. 12, m)o)==Hypoplesia (Busck, Proc. IT. S. Nat. Mus. XXX, p. 735, 1906.)
The original description is rather scanty and partly incor- rect; the antennas are not bipectenate, but are thickened with whorls of raised scales. Their length and the absence of tongue
102 JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
and maxillary palpi are the significant characters. The vena- tion is simple, all the veins separate (not 7 and 8 out of 9 as stated by Dietz) in both wings; vein 7 to costa in the forewing. The genus is closely allied to Hapsifera Zeller and Euplacamus Latrielle, both of which, however, have veins 7 and 8 stalked in the forewing.
Some New Genera and Species of Chalcidoid Hymen-
optera of the Family Eulophidae From
Australia
A. A. GIRAULT
Family EULOPHID.^ Subfamily TETRASTICHIN^, TETRASTICHINI
Neomphaloides new genus
Female — Head normal, nearly round from direct cephalic as- pect, the antenn£e inserted near its middle, distinctly above an im- aginary line drawn between the ventral ends of the eyes, eleven- jointed-scape, pedicel, three narrow ring-joints, three funicle joints and a three- jointed club, the terminal joint ending in a spur. Funicle joints elongate, the proximal one nearly as long as the club ; pedicel very long, subequal to the distal funicle joint. Fore wings ample, the marginal and submarginal veins long, the former about a fourth longer than the latter ; postmarginal vein absent ; stigma vein with a slender neck. Both wings normally ciliate, the marginal cilia short. Tarsi four- jointed, the tibial spurs single. Both mandibles tridentate. Parapsidal furrows complete. Scutellum with four longitudinal grooved lines, the lateral ones finer ; metathoraeic spiracle large, oval. Propodeum with two, short median carinae, parallel but distad diverging sud- denly and running along the distal margin of the segment. Abdo- men sessile, longer than the head and thorax combined, produced ventrad near base, conic-ovate, produced distad into a moder- ately long stylus from beneath which slightly projects the ovipos- itor enclosed by its valves. Mesoscutum long, with a distinct median groove. Sculpture fine reticulation over the head, thorax and abdomen, not varying noticeably as regards density. Body metallic. Ocelli distant from the eyes. Genal sulcus distinct.
Male — Not known.
A genus unique for the tribe because of the three ring-joints of the antennae, the longitudinal grooves on the thorax and the pro-
104 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
duced abdomen. Resemhling Tetrastichus Haliday but the abdo- men much longer.
Type — The following species.
1. Neomplialoides cinctiventris new species.
Female — Length 3.75 mm. General color dark metallic green, the propodeum brigliter, the mesotliorax with much bronze, the abdomen darker, above at base with a broad orange band which ventrad spreads further distad and involves the produced i)art of the venter; legs wholly light lemon yellow as are also the ventral lialf of the occiput and the face ventrad of the insertions of the antennae; also the cheeks. Scape and pedicel brownish, the former with more or less black dorsad; remainder of antenna black. Tegulae and venation more or less lemon yellowish, the wings hyaline. Proximal joint of antennal cluli only about two- thirds the length of the distal funicle joint and about a fourtli longer than the second club joint, the distal clu') joint very sliort, terminating in a short, spur-like seta. Scape long, reaching to the ocelli. Vertex yellowish along the eye margin, dorsal aspect.
(From 2 specimens, 2-3-inch objective, 1-inch optic, Bausch and Lomb.)
Male — Unknown.
Described from two female specimens received for study from Mr. C. French, Jr., Acting Government Entomologist, Melbourne, Victoria, lalielled "Parasitic on homopterus gall on Eucahqitus, Cook's River, Sydney. "
Habitat — Australia — Sydney, New South Wales.
Types — No. Hy 1197, Queensland Museum, Brisbane, the above specimens on tags (2 pins) plus a slide bearing a head.
Tribe OMPHALINI Selitrichodes new genus
Female — Head rounded ovate, the antennae inserted distinctly below the middle of the face, much below the ventral ends of the eyes, eight-jointed-scape, pedicel, two ring-joints, three funicle joints and a solid clul); scape somewhat swollen, the three funicle
JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 105
joints subquadrate and subequal, each about half the size of the ]iedicel, the okib long-ovate, about equal to the scape, slightly longer than the funicle. Parapsidal furrows distinct, complete; scutellum with a narrow longitudinal groove on each side of the meson ; abdomen equal to the length of the head and thorax com- bined, ovate, depressed, the ovipositor barely projecting beyond its tip. Wings ample, normally ciliate, the marginal fringes short, the marginal vein long, a fourth longer than the sulimar- ginal, the postmarginal a mere spur-like projection beyond the origin of the stigmal which is distinct, with a neck and uncus. Tarsi four-jointed, the tibial spurs single. Mandibles dentate.
Male — Not known.
Type — The following species.
1. Selitrichodes fasciativentris new species
Female — Length, 1.20 mm.
Lemon yellow, the abdomen dorsad with two transverse black stripes across it, both bands interrupted at the meson; a third stripe indicated proximad (across the base) by a black spot at the edge on each side ; the two stripes are across the distal half of the proximal half of the abdomen. Legs, antennae and vena- tion (more pallid) concolorous, the wings hyaline. A more or less obscure dusky spot near the tegula. Eyes and ocelli red.
(From four specimens, the same magnification).
Male — Not known.
Described from four females remounted on a slide in xylol- balsam from a card, received from the Acting Government Ento- mologist of Victoria and labelled ' ' Chalcids parasitic on unknown galls on Eucalyptus, N. S. W."
Habitat — Australia, New South Wales.
Types — The above females on a single slide. No. Hy 1198, Queensland Museum. Brisbane.
106 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
PEDIOBINI Metacrias new genus
Ti/pe — The following species.
1. Metacrias australiansis new species
Female — Length, 2.10 mm. Very dark metallic bluish, the head tinged with metallic green, especially on the face, the abdo- men brilliant metallic bluish-green, shining. Wings hyaline, the venation dusky. Knees, tips of tibise, distal third of posterior tibife and the tarsi (excepting distal joint) white. Venter of thorax steel blue. Antennae concolorous with thorax l)ut the ring- joint white. First funicle joint nearly as long as the club, the pedicel subequal in length to the distal funicle joint. The legs and propodeuni may be as in the male. Segment VI of abdomen (dorsad) densely polygonally retriculated.
(From five specimens, the same magnifications).
Male — The same but the abdomen less pointed, with an oval, large whitish spot centrally, near base, the antennae metallic greenish, the abdomen with more green, the propodeum and the dark parts of the legs brilliant metallic cyaneus; distal two funicle joints subequal, the first joint subequal to the club.
(From single specimen, similarh^ magnified.)
Described from one male and five female specimens, card- mounted, from the collections of the Queensland Museum, labelled "Bred out of fungus gall on wattle. Brisbane, H. Hacker, 14/7/11", 1.5, 2 9''s and the same plus "23/6/11", 3$'s.
Habitat — Australia — Brisbane, Queensland.
Types — No. Hy 1199, Queensland Museum, Brisbane, the above specimens on two cards as indicated plus two slides of xylol-balsam, bearing female antenna and posterior legs (one slide) and male flagellum.
This genus differs from Acrias Walker in bearing nonfasciate wings and submoniliform antenna", the funicle joints more or less excised or constricted, and the club with one less joint. The following generic characters: Head large, wider than the thorax, the oqcii)ital margin earinate, the lateral ocelli not touch-
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 107
ing the eye mai'gin, tlie vertex sloping cephalo-ventrad, the antennae inserted distinctly below the middle of the face yet still slightly above an imaginary line drawn between the ventral ends of the eyes, the bulbs rather widely separated, the scro- bicular cavity rather shallow, oblong, not reaching by some dis- tance to the cephalic ocellus. Scape long, cylindrical and slen- der, much longer than the club; an obconic pedicel, one ring- joint, three funicle joints, the second bevelled off at apex, the third oval and subpetiolate at apex, a two-jointed, short, conic- ovate club, its smaller distal joint terminating in a nipple-like spur; its proximal joint forming more than half of the whole region. Club only slightly wider than the funicle. Posterior tibiae armed with a single long acuminate spur; tarsi four- jointed. Marginal vein long and slender, only slightly shorter than the submarginal, the postmarginal and stigmal veins very short, the latter longer but with only a very short neck. Mar- ginal fringes very short. Abdomen with a very short petiole, usually not visible, conic-ovate, depressed, the second segment a fourth of its length, the third a half shorter, the fourth transverse, the fifth only slightly shorter than the third, lightly reticulated cephalad, the sixth longer than the third, densely reticulated, hairy. Abdomen widest at apex of the second seg- ment. Head and thorax opaque, rather densely reticulately punctate but the propodeum shining, brilliant and delicately reticulated, with a distinct, acute median carina, crossed by another short one at apex, the carina banded on each side by a deep longitudinal sulcus, whose lateral margins are carinse and caudad join the ends of the short transverse carina; also the median carina at immediate base divides. Scutellum without longitudinal grooves, the parapsidal furrows obsolete, the meso- thorax bearing very long, black, isolated setae. Propodeal spiracle round.
The male is the same but the abdomen is distinctly petiolate, oval, less pointed and angular, the genitalia exserted; also the antennal club is longer and more slender, the funicle joints all subpetiolate, the pubescence longer and softer ; the first funicle joint is longer, as long as the more slender club. Segments
108 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
III, IV and Y of abdomen transverse. Antenna? the same except as noted.
This genus sliould be compared with Eriglyptus Crawford.
TETRASTICHINI
Genus Tetrastichus Haliday 1. Tetrastichus victoriensis new species
Female— hength, 1.35 mm. Shining black, the median grooved line of the scutum and the lateral margins of the seutellum straw yellow as are also the antennip and venation, tarsi, knees and portions of the tibiae; thorax with metallic purplish reflec- tions. Wings very slightly embrowned throughout. Thorax extraordinarily finely longitudinally lined. A slight stain under apex of stigmal vein. Antenna^ normal (ten -jointed, two ring- joints), the pedicel long obconic, the proximal and distal joints of the funicle subequal, joint II shorter than either and sub- quadrate.
(From six specimens, the same magnification).
Male — Not known.
Described from six female specimens mounted on a single card labelled "Chalcids parasitic on cynipid galls on Acacia discolor, Melbourne". Received from the Acting Government Entomologist of Victoria, C. French Jnr.
Habitat — Australia — Melbourne, Victoria.
Type — No. Hy 1200, Queensland Museum, Brisbane, the above specimens, plus a slide bearing a fore wing and head.
2. Tetrastichus fasciatus new species Female — Length, 2 mm., more or less. General color lemon yellow, the abdomen darker; disk of the cephalic half of the scutum darker like the abdomen (except more or less along the meson), the center of the scutum with a fuscous round spot on each side of the meson, each spot at the apex of the darker portions on each side; propodeum cephalad, parapsidal fur- rows and suture between scutum and seutellum, black; also the margins of the seutellum more liroadly laterad. Abdomen more or less distinctly banded transversely with ])lack (very
JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 109
distinctly so in lialsam-mounted specimens, tliere being from six to seven bands). Legs, venation and antennae yellow, the latter more or less dusky, the tarsi fuscous. Wings hyaline. Propodeum dark. Scutellum with four longitudinal grooved lines. Body finely, polygonally reticulated, the abdomen some- what more coarsely so. Normal for the genus but the antenna apparently with three ring-joints, though in most cases but two are visible. Antennae clavate, the funicle widening distad.
(From nine specimens, the same magnification).
Male. — not known.
Described from nine females mounted together on a card in the Queensland Museum, labeled "Bred from gall No. 13".
^(7 liiYfl^— Australia — Queensland ( fBrisbane).
Types — No. Hy 1201, Queensland Museum, Brisbane, six of the above specimens plus a slide bearing two others.
OMPHALINI
Rhicnopeltella new genus
Female — Head normal, not thin as seen from above, the antennjB capitate, the club three-jointed, simple and ovate, much wider than the funicle, the latter three-jointed, short, clavate, the joints all wider than long and widening distad, the first transverse, the funicle shorter than the club; three suliequal ring-joints, each of which is about half the length of the trans- verse proximal funicle joint. Scape cylindrical, moderate in length, the pedicel short, obconic but longer than any of the funicle joints, the club joints much longer than it. Marginal vein not half the length of the submarginal, nearly twice the length of the stigmal which is well-developed but not large, the postmarginal vein very short, not half the length of the stigmal. Marginal fringes short, the discal ciliation normal. Parapsidal furrows complete, the scutellum without longitudinal grooves, the tarsi four-jointed, the posterior tibiae with one spur which is moderately long. Abdomen from dorsal aspect rounded oval, wider than the rest of the body, depressed and not as long as the thorax, the ovipositor not exserted. Propodeum very short,
110 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
especially at the meson, without noticeable carinae, the spiracle small, oval. Metallic, sculptured, the pronotum short, the ocelli widely separated but close to the eye margins, the distal joint of cephalic tarsus enlarged, swollen. The antennae inserted slightly below the middle of the face. Wings hyaline; second abdominal segment a third the length of the abdomen.
Male — (See beyond).
Type — The following species (immaculatipennis) .
1. Rhicnopeltella immaculatipennis new species
Female — Length, 1.75 mm. Short and rather stout. Dark metallic asnous green, the antennal club, the funicle (less so), the venation, the tarsi excepting the apex of the distal joint (the entire joint in caudal legs), the knees and tips of tibiae (most all of cephalic tibiae) brown, the venation and funicle darkest. Tegiilae concolorous. Whole body densely polygonally reticulated, the abdomen and propodeum, however, smoother. Lateral ocelli much farther from each other than each from the cephalic ocellus, than they are from the respective eye margins (farther from each other than each is from the cephalic ocellus). Distal club joint shortest of the club, the distal funicle joint longer than it. Stigmal vein shaped like a tadpole.
(From a single specimen, similarly magnified.)
Male — Unknown.
Described from a single female specimen from the collections of the Queensland Museum, mounted on a card labeled "Bris- bane. H. Hacker. 4/7/11".
Habitat — Australia — Brisbane, Queensland.
Type — No. Hy 1202, Queensland Museum, Brisbane, the fore- noted specimen.
This genus is characterized by the peculiar antennae — the three ring- joints, the enlarged club, the short clavate funicle, the simple cylindrical scape. A somewhat similar genus was thought to be represented by the following species which, how- ever, proves to be congeneric.
I give its generic characters first and then the specific details.
Male — Somewhat like the female of the genus but differing
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 111
stnieturally as follows : The antenns bear only two ring-joints, there being four transverse funicle joints and three club joints, the pedicel long and slenderly obeonic ; the postmarginal vein is two-thirds as long as the stigmal and the fore wings bear a substigraal, fuscous cloud. The body is brilliantly metallic. The marginal vein is longer, nearly half the length of the submar- ginal. Scutellum without grooved lines. Posterior tibiae with a single long spur. Abdomen depressed, oval. Propodeal spir- acle central, small, round-oval, the propodeum without a median carina nor spiracular sulci. Vertex large. Otherwise as in the type of the genus.
Female — The same but the abdomen is stout, short, com- pressed beneath, the o\apositor slightly exserted. The antenna has three rings and three funicle joints and the club is more compact.
2. RhicnopelteUa splendoriferella new species
Female — Length, 2 mm. Brilliant metallic green, the abdo- men dark cupreous, the legs concolorous with the abdomen and with their articulations whitish; coxae metallic bluish; tibiae lighter, the proximal half or more of the caudal tibiae white. Flagellum brownish. Wings hyaline but the fore wings with a lightly fuscated rounded area under the apex of the stigmal vein and beneath most of the marginal vein; venation dusky brownish. Head and thorax rather finely, densely reticulated, the reticulation not coarse enough to form punctures but the sculpt^ire of fine polygonal striation, on the abdomen and pro- podeum smoother.
(From a single specimen, similarly magnified).
Male — Length, 1.75 mm. The same but much more brassy and bronzy, the vertex metallic rosaceous, the same color on much of the thorax and head, the abdomen brighter green ; legs with more brownish. Scape and pedicel brown, the flagellum dark brown.
(From twelve specimens, the same magnification).
Described at first from twelve males and one female mounted together on a card in the Queensland Museum, labeled "Bred from gall No. 5A. Brisbane, H. Hacker. 20/6/11".
112 JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Hahilat — Australia — Brisbane, Queensland.
Types — No. Hy 1203, Queensland Museum, Brisbane, the foregoing specimens as noted, together with a slide bearing male antennae, posterior legs and a fore wing in xylol-balsam (one slide) ; and a second slide bearing a female antenna.
Later, another card was found in the same collection bearing six females labeled "Brisbane, H. Hacker, 11/1/1911". This second species differs from immaculatipennis (females) in bear- ing a much longer antenna pedicel, a longer marginal vein, a fuscous cloud on the fore wing, a stouter abdomen and brighter green color.
A Species of Collembola Found With Termites
GERTRUDE BACON
in a grove of live oaks near Claremont, there are great masses of dead leaves under the trees. Under this mantle of dry foliage there is often a considerable amonnt of decomposed material which may retain some moisture for a time. In this location there are many Collembola of various sorts. In places, twigs from the trees are mingled with the damp remains and these are very often inhabited by termites or white ants. These insects live in the tunnels which they make in every direction in the wood. In these spaces and perhaps also in some smaller crannies a small white insect was found quite constantly. At first it was supjjosed that these were l)lind Collembola without the fureula, but when touched they jumped very quickly. It was also found that they had eyes.
These forms were found to correspond exactly to Eiifnuin- bri/a binoculafa, described by Harald Schoett in his article on North American Apterygogenea, in the Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, volume YI, 1896.
Ltiigth — 1.5 mm. Color — Opaque white. Body — Subcylin- drical, very hairy. On the head and neck the hairs are long and clubbed. Eyes — One on each side of the head. These are located in irregular masses of light brown pigment in some specimens. There seems to be some indication of a bilobed condition of the eye spots. Antennae — Not as long as the body but longer than the head. The segments are: I shortest, II and III sube(iual, IV nearly twice as long as III. Claws — Two. Superior claw has three teeth on the inner margin, the two upper of which are opposite each other. The inferior is lan- ceolate and unarmed. Funula — This does not quite reach the ventral tube. Dentes slightly longer than the manubrium. Mucrones — With two strong teeth and a slender basal one which points distally and almost reaches the middle tooth. This species was found at Berkeley, California, but nothing is men- tioned by Schoett as to the rlistribution.
It is possible that this species may occur in other locations than in the dwelling places of white ants, but so far we have found them in no other environment.
(Contributioti from ihc Zoological Laboratory of Pomona College.)
Shorter Articles and Reviews of Recent Important Literature
INJURIOUS AND BENEFICIAL INSECTS OF CALIFORNIA
E. O. ESSIG
Month. Bui. State Com. Hort. Vol. II, Nos. 1 and 2. This is certainly one of the most useful bulletins for the farmer and for all others interested in insects and their con- trol in California. It considers the different orders of insects which are found in the state and discusses them clearly. This is aided by an unusually large number of good cuts, many of them being the work of the author while in college and later. In the back of the bulletin the composition of the different insecticides is given, as well as the various methods for their application. Here are also found all the state horticultural and quarantine orders relating to insects. There is also a host index of injurious insects described or cited. Mr. Essig surely is to be congratulated for this good and useful work.
George Ash.
A GIANT COCCID FROM GUATEMALA
WILLIAM MORTON WHEELEH
Psyche, Feb., 1913.
This was found on the branches of an Eryfhrina tree. From a distance the tree looked as if it were covered with galls the size of cherries. The specimens were 11-20 mm. in length, 10-15 mm. in width, and 9-14 mm. in height. The body was smooth, and elliptical in shape. They were pale brownish yellow in color and covered with minute dots. They were only found on this one tree.
Gertrude Bacon.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 115
THE SOMBRE TWIG-PRUNER, THERCLADODES KRAUSSI, AVHITE
CLAUDE FULLER
The Agricultural Journal of the Union of South Africa,
Feb., 1913.
This beetle attacks privet, jassamine, and olives, but has not become much of a pest, as it can be rather easily controlled by pruning. If olive growing were extensive, however, it would probably cause trouble.
The life of the larva is interesting. The egg is laid in a
little cavity excavated about six inches from the end of the
stem. As soon as the larva hatches, it bores up about one
inch, then enlarges the cavity, turns around, and works down
to between one and two inches below the site of the egg. It
then backs up to the enlargement, turns around, and backs
down to the bottom, where it remains for some days, then
ascends for a little distance and girdles the twig, which breaks
off. It then plugs up the hole and descends to the bottom of
the burrow to moult. After moulting, the whole process is
repeated, and it is repeated with each moult until the larva
pupates.
Mabel Guernsey.
ABSORPTION UND SECRETION IM DARM VON INSECTEN
ALBRECHT STEUDEL
Zool. Jhrb. Bd. XXXIII, Heft 2, 1913
The most important conclusion is that there is a double function for the intestinal epithelial cells wliieh are active, the function of absorption and secretion. Many authors describe a rest and a secretion stage. In Periplaneta and other insects absorption takes place during the rest stage. In many if not all insects the intestinal epithelium has this double function.
116 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
EINFLUSS DER AUSSEREN UMGEBUNG AUF DIE
FARBUNG DER SCHMETTERLINGSPUPPEN
{VANESSA UTRICAE)
HEDWIG MENZEL
Zool. Jhrb. Bd. XXXIII, Heft 2, 1913.
Boxes were prepared in different ways so as to give a single color of light to the interior of each. Larva? were kept in these boxes for some time. The data in the tables comi)iled from these experiments show that the variation in color in the pupa stage is caused by the influence of the different colors on the larvse. These colors correspond to those found in nature, but the rate of variation in the boxes is different according to the color of the light which enters.
Larvae reared in a certain color showed a decided preference for this when given their choice of this color and another one. This poM'er of discrimination results much more because of a certain feeling for brightness rather than upon a (lualitative chromatic selection.
THE EURYPTERIDA OF NEW YORK
CLARK AND RUEDEMAN
Published by the New York State Department of Education,
1912
Of all regions of the world, the Siluric rocks are the richest in eurypterids. The majority of the specimens come from a narrow l^elt of territory along the Erie canal from Buffalo to Albany. Many of the fossils were secured from fences and old stone buildings where weathering had exposed them. It was found very difficult to get them from freshly quarried rocks, as even five years of exposure had little effect.
The first eurypterid fossils to be found were supposed to be from some sort of fish. Their arthropod nature was deter- mined by De Kay in 1825. He considered them to be crus- taceans of the order Branchiopoda and suggested that Euryp- terus might be a connecting link between the ancient trilobites
JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 117
and the more recent branchiopods. The body of the eurypterid is rather fish-like in shape and has a carapace or head-shield. It is generally believed that it was titted either for crawling, digging or swimming. It is supposed that it was rather sluggish.
The work is published in two large volumes. The first part contains an account of the characteristics, development and habits of the creatures, as well as a description of the different genera and species. Tlie second volume is made up of many fine plates and figures.
Elizabeth Jacks.
DIE CORPORA ALLATA DER INSEKTEN
ARTHUR NABERT
Zeit f. Wiss. Zool. CTV Bd., 2 Heft, 1913.
These organs are glands with an internal secretion found in all groups of insects and may be paired or unpaired. In shape they are like a bullet or oval in outline, but may develop a hilum on one side. They are generally closely associated with the pharyngeal ganglia wliich lie along the esophagus. Usually they bear a certain relation to the aorta, to a tracheal vessel and the esophagus. They are inervated by the nervus corpis allati from the side of each of the pharyngeal ganglia.
BOOK REVIEWS
Principles of Economic Zoology. L. S. and M. C. Daugherty. 410 pages, with 301 illustrations. W. B. Saunders Com- pany, 1912. Text $2.00; Guide $1.25. Cloth.
This is intended as a text-book of zoology, with especial ref- erence to the economic side of the subject. The various phyla are taken up in order and a general description of each is given, as well as descriptions of the chief subdivisions, with brief discussions of the habits and economic importance. There are many examples given, with descriptions and discussions,
118 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
and here the economic side of the question is brought out more fully. The book contains 410 pages and is profusely illustrated, although but few of the cuts are original.
The text-book is accompanied by a laboratory manual of 276 jjages which gives directions chiefly by means of numerous brief questions which the student is to answer by means of direct observation. Directions are given for general studies in ecol- ogy, animal behavior and classification, as well as detailed studies of the crayfish, spider, insects, fish, frog, turtle, bird, rabbit, man. Protozoa, Porifera, Coelenterata, Echinodermata,
Annulata, and Mollusca.
Mabel Guernsey.
THE EAELY NATURALISTS: THEIR LIVES AND WORK
(1530-1789)
L. C. MIALL, D. SC, F. R. S.
MacMillan and Co., Ltd., 1912. 396 pages. $3.50. David Starr Jordan in one of his inspiring essays, called "Life's Enthusiasms," says: "It is well that we should know them, should know them all, should know them well — an educa- tion is incomplete that is not built about a Pantheon, dedicated to the worship of great men." The preface to this book of Miall expresses the same idea; every naturalist and student should become acquainted in as large a way as possible with the naturalists of the past — their contributions to science, their methods of work, as well as their mistakes and failures and idiosyncracies. This is a fascinatingly interesting book, and ought to be read by every student of the natural sciences, especially those in our colleges and universities. The only fault to be found with the book is the lack of portraits; but the full sketches of the lives of the men helps to counterbalance this omission; we have such sketches from Otto Brunfels to Lin- nauis and Buffon. Most of the long line of naturalists here dealt with were occupied wholh^ or in part with insects. Mal- l^ighi was the first to observe the air-tubes and spiracles, the many-chambered heart, silk glands, gangliated nerve cord, re-
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 119
productive organs, development of the wings and legs of the moths, and the MaliMghian tubules which were named after liim. Now read about the interesting personality of the man! Reaumur was perhaps the greatest entomologist, and as an observer cannot be excelled, even today, except possibly Fabre, for his observations on the habits of insects, as described in the six volumes, Memoires pour Servir a I'histoire des Insectes, 1734-1742. Reaumur was largely occupied in the industrial arts and general i)hysics and other lines. He invented the thermometer which bears his name.
Of greatest value, the lives of these men teach what two of our great Californian scientists — Dr. George E. Hale and Dr. AVm. PL Ritter — call and urge, the amateur spirit in science. Dr. Ritter defines it thus: "A spontaneous, perennial curi- osity; a wide-awakeness of perception; an openness of mind; and a nimbleness of imagination, as toucliing all sorts of objects and processes and incidents in one's surroundings." This, as he goes on to show, does not necessarily beget sujier- ficiality, as many present day biologists believe, but is a very useful quality to cultivate and overthrow the current profes- sionalism in science which is apparent especially in academic circles. The same idea is expressed in Dr. Jordan's essay already quoted from: "And my message in its fashion shall he an appeal to enthusiasm in things of life, a call to do things Itecause we love them, to love things because we do them, to keep the eyes open, the heart warm and the pulses swift as we move across the field of life." F. Grinnell, Jr.
A SYNOPSIS OF THE RECENT AND TERTIARY FRESH- WATER MOLLUSCA OF THE CALIFORNIA PROV- INCE, BASED UPON AN ONTOGENETIC CLASSIFICATION
HAROLD HANNIBAL
Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London, Vol. X, Pts. II and III, June and Sept., 1912 ; jip. 112-211, pits. V-VII.
The author of this paper, a young and very enthusiastic Stanford student, has covered a good portion of the Pacific
120 JOUBNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Coast from San Diego to Seattle, with his bicycle, in search of shells; investigating every puddle, pool, pond, lake, ditch, stream and river in his trips. He has collected material in large quantities and then studied it in the laboratory; so from training and experience he is more capable of writing on the fresh water shells of this coast than anyone. This, the most extensive of his published papers, is full of original ideas, and numerous suggestions. He first gives the boundaries of the California province in detail, then the composition of the fauna as found in the paleontological history of the region; thirdly, the classification em])loyed; fourthly, the new term Syntonia is explained in detail; then lastly, taking up most of the paper, the synopsis of species, in which the groups from the super- family to species are defined. There is a full bibliography and synonymy for the genera and species ; a table showing the Evo- lutionary Cycle of the Unionoideae, and a summary and range in time of the Californian fauna, and concluding remarks.
Of course, a student with such radical ideas, a progressive, could not escape the fire of one or more of the conservative men ; and this is just what happened in a recent number of The Nautilus. If you wish to smile, just look it up !
F. Grvinell, Jr.
News Notes
FORDYCE GRINNELL, JR.
"We shall certainly not discover Nature's plan in the struc- ture of flowers by taking the plant out of the garden or coun- try. We must rather study flowers in their natural habitats — in short, ive must try to surprise Nature in the act."
— Sprengel.
"Nature never hurries; atom by atom, little by little, she achieves her work." — Emerson.
Mr. W. M. Mann, of the Bussey Institution of Harvard Uni- versity, left on April 20 to spend the months of May and June collecting in Southern Mexico. On his recent trip to Haiti he collected two species of Peripatus.
The first Pacific Coast chapter of the Agassiz Association has been formed in Los Angeles, and choosing Burbank chapter for the name. Alfred Cookman is president.
Dr. Charles Lincoln Edwards, of the Los Angeles city schools, is conducting a fly exterminating campaign in Los Angeles county, this spring.
The Pacific Coast Entomological Society held a special meet- ing at Berkeley on April 10, in connection with the meetings of the Pacific Coast Association of Scientific Societies meeting in the same place.
Mr. G. R. Pilate is planning a collecting trip to the Kern River country of the Sierras, this summer, in the interests of Dr. Wm. Barnes. He is collecting this spring around San Bernardino.
Mr. L. E. Ricksecker, a pioneer student of Entomology, died at his home in San Diego on January 30. He discovered many new insects ; first finding the curious habits of Pleocoma.
Mr. H. C. Fall, of Pasadena, is revising the large and dif- ficult Coleopterous genus Pachybrachys.
122 JOUBNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Ralph V. Chamberlin, of the Museum of Comparative Zool- ogy of Harvard Uni\ersity, paid a short visit to Southern Cal- ifornia the past spring, with hopes of returning in the not distant future for a longer stay.
John James Rivers, of Santa Monica, the last surviving pioneer naturalist of California, is still active, and working on the i)Ieistocene shells of Santa Monica. He is in his eighty- eighth year.
We learn from Science, of April 11, that Prof. M. M. Met- calf, head of the department of zoology at Oberlin, has been granted leave of absence for this past semester for travel and scientific research in California.
The contract has been let for the erection of the magnificent Southwest Museum buildings in Los Angeles, to cost about $100,000. Dr. Hector Alliot is curator.
At a general meeting of the Southern California Academy of Sciences in Los Angeles, on April 7, Dr. D. T. MacDougal, of the Desert Botanical Laboratory, gave an illustrated talk on "Some Physical and Biological Features of Deserts"; and at a meeting of the biological section on the 15th, Dr. C. L. Edward gave an account of some European biological stations.
Mr. Harry S. Swarth, formerly of the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology at Berkeley, has been appointed assistant director of the county museum in Exposition Park, Los Angeles.
A new entomological journal is announced from London, England, "The Review of Applied Entomology, Series A, Agricultural; Series B, Medical and Veterinary." The first has already been issued. "It is intended to contain, month by month, abstracts of the latest information i)ublished concern- ing insects injurious to man or animals, as the carriers of dis- ease; and to forests, fruit trees, crops and stored mercban dise." It is published by Dulau & Co., Ltd., 37 Soho Square.
"To the making of books there is no end."
Pomona College
Located in one of the most healthful and beautiful parts of the west coast. The mountains reach an elevation of ten thou- sand feet within a few miles from the college and these with the nearby ocean afford many special advantages for the study of things not in books. The college is a small one of the New England tj-pe with high standards of scholarship. A large proportion of the graduates go on with advanced work in the large universities. There are four-year courses leading to the B. A. and B. S. degrees. In addition, well-manned departments of music and art afford exceptional advantages.
For further information, address
Secretary of Pomona College Claremont, California
VOLUME FIVE NUMBER THREE
JOURNAL
OF
ENTOMOLOGY
AND
ZOOLOGY
SEPTEMBER, 1913
PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY POMONA COLLEGE DEPARTMENT 0/ ZOOLOGY
CLAREMONT, CALIFORNIA, V. S. A.
CONTENTS
^ Some New and Curious Acarina from Oregon — H. E. Ewing - 123 The Aif atomy of Laila Cockerelli — Mahel Gnemsey - - - - 137
The Collector's By-Prodltct — Xhnena McGlashan 158
Studies in Lagcna Beach Isopoda, II — Blanche E. Stafford, M. S. 161
Book Reviews — Fordyce Grinnell, Jr. 173
News Notes — Fordyce Grimiell, Jr. - - - - 176
Entered at Claremont, Cal., Post-Offlce Oct. 1, 1610, as second-class matter, under Act of Congress of
March 8, 1870
Journal of Entomology and Zoology
EDITED BY POMONA COLLEGE, DEPAETMEISTX OF ZOOLOGY
Subscription $1.00 to domestic, $1.25 to foreign countries.
This journal is especially offered in exchange for zoological and entomological journals, proceedings, transactions, reports' of societies, museums, laboratories and expeditions.
The pages of the journal are especially open to western ento- mologists and zoologists. Notes and papers relating to western and Californian forms and conditions are particularly desired, but short morphological, systematic or economic studies from any locality will be considered for publication.
Manuscripts submitted should be typewritten on one side of paper about 8 by 11 inches. Foot notes, tables, explanations of figures, etc., should be written on separate sheets. Foot notes and figures should be numbered consecutively throughout. The desired position of foot notes and figures should be clearly indicated in the manuscrii^t.
Figures should be drawn so that they may be reproduced as line cuts so far as possible. An unusually large number of half tones must be paid for in part by the author. Other more expensive illustrations will be furnished at cost. Figures for cuts should be made to conform to the size of the page when reduced, that is, 5 by 71/2 inches or less. The lettering should be by means of printed numbers and letters pasted on the drawings, in most cases.
Authors of articles longer than a thousand words will receive fifty reprints of their publications free of cost. If more than this are desired, the order should be given with the return of the proof sheets. Extra copies and special covers or special paper will be furnished at cost. Authors of short contribiitions will receive a few extra copies of the number containing their articles.
Manuscripts should be sent by express or registered mail.
Address all communications to
The Jouknal or Entomology and Zoology
William A. Hilton, Editor Claremont, California, U. S. A.
Some New and Curious Acarina From Oregon
H. E. EWING
U]) to the present time few indeed of tlie many species of Aoarina known to science have lieen recorded from Oregon, and for that matter only a very few from California where the arthropod fauna has been well studied. A little over a year ago the writer began a survey of the mite fauna of the Pacific Slope, and in this article he lias to report a few new species which are of unusual interest either because of their great size, or the significant or peculiar characters which they show. In the following pages six new species are described. Three of these are made the types of new genera ; one of the species, Michaelia pallida n. sp., belongs to a family {Alychidce), which has hitherto been unknown in this country.
Family BDELLID^
Genus Bdella Latreille
Bdella magna n. sp.
(Fig. 1)
A large robust species; red throughout, Init body darker than appendages. Integument not tessellated. Palpi large, total length over one and a half times that of the beak; second segment more than two-thirds as long as the beak; third segment slightly over one-half as long as the fourth; fourth segment about one-half as long as distal segment; distal seg- ment of practically equal width throughout, about one and a lialf times as long as segments three and four combined, and bearing about a dozen prominent, straight, simple bristles besides the distal tactile ones. Inner tactile bristle of palpus about three-fourths as long as the outer one ; outer tactile bristle about two-thirds as long as the distal segment. Beak stout, with several prominent curved, simple bristles, including a large pair situated dorsally slightly in front of the middle. Shoulder bristles rather moderate, about as long as the tibia
124 JOUKNAL OP ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
of leg II. Abdomen with a few short, simple bristles. Legs large, stout; leg I al)out as long as the body without the beak, tarsus twice as long as tibia and clothed with many prominent
Figure 1. Bdella mar/na n. sp.; dorsal \ie\v of ccphalo-thorax with mouth-parts.
hairs; leg IV extending beyond the tip of the abdomen by the full length of the last three segments. Total length of body including the beak, 1.86 mm. ; width, 0.65 mm.
jouenaij of entomology and zoology 125
From Corvallis, Oregon; under old pieces of wood lying on moist groinid; by the writer.
Desoril)ed from three specimens. This species is distin- guished from all other American species by its great size, and from most of the other species of the genns by the length of tlie fourth palpal segment.
Family ALYCHID^ Genus Michaelia Berlese Michaelia pallida n. sp.
(Fig. 2)
Like the other members of its genus this species is pale or white in color. Integument alveolate; thickly clothed with minute scales, or spine-like tubercles. Stylets of chelicerae needle-like, as long as the palpi, and bent near their base so as to form a sharp angle. Palpi slightly longer than the femur of leg I; distal segment slightly longer than the penultimate one, clothed with a few moderate trifurcate setae, and bearing at its distal end a simple, straight, stout spine, which is about two-thirds as long as the segment from which it arises. Cephalo-thorax not demarcated from abdomen. Dorsal ridge prominent, and bearing at its anterior end the large median ej-e, and somewhat behind the middle a pair of long tactile seta?, each of which arises from a funnel-shaped pore. These setfe are slender, simple, and are equal to the dorsal ridge itself in length. From each side of the dorsal ridge at its posterior end there arises a specialized seta, or organ, similar to the pseudostigmatic organ in the Oribatidse. Each of these organs consists of a slender stalk, or pedicel, and a subglobose head. The length of the pedicel is just equal to the long diameter of the head. Abdomen, which is not demarcated from cephalo- thorax, is about two-thirds as broad as long, and is incised on the posterior margin at the median line. It is very sparsely clothed ^ath some small setae, some of which are simple, some are bifurcate, and a few trifurcate. Legs subequal; anterior pair extending beyond the tips of the palpi by about one-half
I2r3
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
tlieir length; tarsus twice as long as tibia; tibia and genual sub- equal; femur almost twice as long as the genual. Posterior i)air of legs extending beyond the posterior margin of the abdomen by
.■:-■'<■ ■:■■.■■ l:-^ ■■% ^s V ■ - ■ ■ • ■■/('; ti.|
Figure J. Michaelin pulliiln n. sp.; dorsal view.
about one-third their length. All the legs are sparsely clothed, like the body, with small set*, some of which are simple, so!ne bifurcate, some trifurcate, and some many-branched. All of
JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 127
the legs bear at the tips of their tarsi two stout claws and a small pulvillus. Pulvillus a little over one-half as long as the flaws and pectinated on its lower mai'gin. Total length of body, 0.70 mm. ; width, 0.42 mm.
From Corvallis, Oregon; in moss; by the writer.
Described from three individuals. This species appears to lie related to M. suhnuda Berlese. It differs from Berlese's species in having the body clothed with a different kind of setae, in having more slender legs, and in having a large median eye, as well as in some other characters. This is the first species of this genus and the first representative of the family Alycliidce to be described from this country.
Family C^CULID^
Genus Cerdtodcdiiis n. gen.
Palpi simple, tactile, non-raptorial, composed of four seg- ments; first segment very short; second, long; third, long; fourth, short and bearing several long tactile bristles. Cheli- cerfp very large, almost enormous, chelate, moving vertically. Eyes three; two of which are lateral and sessile, one is anterior and median. Posterior part of cephalo-thorax and all of the alxlomen covered above with a single, thick, coriaceous shield, which shield bears the posterior eyes. Anterior part of cephalo- thorax covered with a similar, thick, coriaceous shield which is sejiarated from the former mentioned one by an incomplete suture, and bears a pair of large horn-like tubercles on its anterior margin. All four pairs of coxae joined together, the coxfe of each pair meeting at the median line. No sternum. Ventral surface of abdomen covered by a single, thick, coria- ceous plate which in the case of the female has a large aperture for the genital and anal openings. Each of the latter is closed liy a pair of folding chitinous doors, or covers. In the male the genital and anal openings are separate, but are closed by chitinous folding covers as in the female.
Type species: C. pacificiis n. sp.
128 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
This genus differs from Cceculus Duf. in that the palpi are not raptorial but tactile, are composed of four instead of five segments, and are unarmed instead of bearing claws. The eyes are sessile, not stalked as in Cceculus, and a single, median eye is also present. The arrangement of the shields which cover the body is different from that found in Cceculus. There is a pair of horn-like processes on the anterior part of the cephalo-thorax and another pair on the dorsal aspect of the chelieerae. The legs are less spinous than in Cceculus.
Ceratoacarus pacificus n. sp. (Fig. 3) Female — Robust; body and anterior pair of legs reddish brown; the rest of the appendages a yellowish brown. Integ- ument of the bod}', chelieerae and the anterior pair of legs well chitinized and coarsely granular ; the integaiment of the remain- ing parts of the body not so well chitinized and more finely granular. Chelieerae very large, surpassing the jialpi ; together they are almost as broad at their bases as the width of the cephalo-thorax at its anterior end. Each chelicera bears at its anterior end a small, curved, simple hair; and above near the middle a jirominent horn-like tubercle, which bears in turn a long, simple, tactile seta which extends beyond the tips of the chelieerae. Segment I of palpus as broad as long; segment II slightly over twice as long as broad; segment III subequal to segment II; segment IV short, papilla-like, and bearing four large, long tactile bristles and one much shorter bristle. Cephalo-thorax not distinct from abdomen. Anterior shield about three times as broad as long, and bearing at eacli anterior lateral corner a prominent seta-bearing horn; seta of horn simple, curved, aboiit twice as long as the horn itself and arising from the lateral side of the same about one-half the distance from the base. Median eye prominent, larger than either of lateral eyes. Posterior dorsal shield covers all of the abdomen and more than one-half of the cephalo-thorax; broad- ened at the shoulder region where are situated the lateral eyes, and just back of these a larger pair of sensory organs which
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
129
may serve as eyes, although they are quite different in form and structure from the true eyes. The posterior dorsal shield bears several prominent, curved, simi)le bristles, and a pair of
|
\'i |
V% • j |
||
|
^1 |
\^h/ / |
||
|
m^Z |
-''■^^^6 |
\ |
|
|
/ i |
' W 1 Mm |
||
|
q |
\ St- |
|V |
|
|
K- |
-=s:^'fW^ |
Figure 3. Ceratoacarus pacificiis n. sp.; dorsal view.
small sensory bristles above and in front of the eyes. Genito- anal opening almost circular, as broad as long. Genital covers quadrangular, three-fifths as broad as long. Anal covers small
130 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
but little over one-half as broad as the genital covers, longer than broad, and projecting somewhat like a tubercle. Coxa? flat, fixed, joined to each other; coxa I almost as broad as long; coxa II narrower than I; coxa III narrower than II; coxa IV slightly In-oader than III. Anterior pair of legs much the largest, as long as the body; tarsus short, tapering, one- half as long as tibia. Second pair of legs much shorter than the first pair, onlj^ reaching slightly beyond the genual of leg I. Third pair of legs subequal to second pair. Fourth ])air of legs longer than the third i)air and extending beyond the tii> of the body by about one-half the length of the tibia. Total length of body, 1.50 nun. ; width, 0.80 mm.
Male — Similar to the female except for the characters on the ventral surface of the abdomen. Genital opening circular, much larger than the anal opening, and situated about one-half its diameter from the posterior cox«; genital covers semidisc- shaped. Anal opening oblong, about twice as long as broad, and situated about one-third its length from the genital open- ing; anal covers about one-fourth as broad and long.
From the top of Mt. Chintiinini, Oregon; under moist stones, and under rotten logs ; by the writer. From Corvallis, Oregon ; under an old piece of wood lying on moist ground; by the writer.
Described from four females and three males.
Family ORIBATID^E
Genus Jugatala n. gen.
Mouth-parts well developed; chelicerae typical of the family, strong, chelate ; jialpi composed of five segments ; first segment very short, ring-like; second, large, about as long as the re- maining segments taken together ; third and fourth, short, sub- equal; distal segment narrow, long, with i:)rominent seta?. LamelliB small, attached to the dorsovertex for their entire length. Translamella present. Interlamellar hairs present. Abdomen somewiiat depressed, broad. Pteromoriiha? curved downward, truncated anteriorly, and united by a large lamellar,
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 131
shelf-like expansion so that the two wings are continuous. Genital and anal openings large and widelj^ separated. Legs moderate; ungTies tridactj'le, dactyles subequal.
Type species: J. tuherosa n. sp.
This genus is distinct from all other forms except some of the species of the genus Pelops C. L. Koch in having the pteromorpha? united with a broad shelf-like expansion from the anterior margin of the abdomen. It differs from Pelops in having stout, chelate chelicerae instead of long-drawn-out, minutely chelate chelicerae; in having all of the abdominal hairs setiform instead of some of them being spatulate, as well as in other characters.
Jugatala tuherosa n. sp.
(Fig. 4)
Color medium brown; appendages paler than the body. In- tegument of moderate thickness, granular. Cephalo-thorax almost as broad as long. Lamella? small, of equal width throughout their length, about one-half as long as the cephalo- thorax; lamellar hairs long, straight, jiectinate, extending to the tip of the cephalo-thorax. Translamella almost as long as one of the lamellae, usually about one-half as broad as one of the lamella'; at times it is almost obsolete, being broken in the middle. Interlamellar hairs subequal and similar to lamellar hairs, Imt slightly curved, divergent, situated slightly inward and in front of pseudostigmata. Pseudostigma cup-shaped ; jtseudostigmatic organ short with a short pedicel and a globose head. Two pairs of tectopedia present, one pair for the first and one pair for the second pair of legs ; first pair long, shovel- like; second pair short, projecting, somewhat saucer-like. Alidomen depressed, almost as broad as long. Pteromorphae extending for about one-half the length of the abdomen, trun- cated anteriorly, and each bearing dorsally a single, short, curved seta not far from its anterior margin. The transverse shelf-like jirojection which unites the two pteromorphae or wings, which I will call the interalar i^iece, is quite broad; its
132 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Iireadth beiug equal to about three-fourths the length of the translainella. Arouud the posterior margin of the abdomen are situated three pairs of prominent tubercles, or tuberosities,
Figure 4. Jui/ataUi luberosa n. sp. ; dorsal view.
the anterior pair l)eing the smallest and the posterior pair the largest. On the dorsum of the abdomen are situated nine pairs of short, curved, simple setaj. Geuital covers subrectangular,
JOUENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 133
two-thirds as broad as long, situated between the posterior pair of coxae. Anal covers larger than the genital covers, about twice as broad posteriorly as anteriorly, and situated about one and a half times their length from the genital covers. Legs moderate ; anterior pair reaching beyond the tip of the cephalo- thorax by full}' one-half their length; posterior pair reaching slightly beyond the posterior margin of the abdomen. Ungues tridactyle, dactyles subequal. Total length of the body, 0.58 mm. ; width 0.40 mm.
From Corvallis, Oregon; shaken from Douglas fir; by the writer.
Of the seven specimens which I have of this sjiecies six are females. This species is peculiar on account of the prominent tuberosities on the posterior part of the abdomen, hence its name, tuberosa.
Genus Tcnuiala n. gen.
Mouth-parts rather small; chelicerte, chelate; palpi comijosed of five segments; first very small; second very large, stout; third broad, short; fourth, short; fifth and last segment, long, with prominent setae. Lamellje attached to dorsovertex for their entire length. Translamella absent. Abdomen globose or subglobose. Pteromorphae not hinged to abdomen ; composed of a single large, long, cusp-like expansion which extends for- ward almost to the tip of the cephalo-thorax. Genital and anal openings widely separated. Legs moderate ; ungues, tridactyle ; dactyles subequal.
Type species : T. iiuda n. sp.
This genus will doubtless include a few previously described species, but none of these appear to have the pteromorphte with such a distinctive shape as this one. The long, narrow, anter- iorly directed, macro-cusp-like ptermorphae which are immovably attached to the abdomen constitute the most distinctive char- acteristic of this genus.
134
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Tenuiala nuda n. sp.
(Fig. 5)
General color a very dark brown. Integument smooth and shiny. Cephalo-thorax small, about oue-third as long as the
|
\ |
/ |
A |
||||
|
% |
1 |
h |
§ |
|||
|
A |
[A |
jk |
1 |
^ |
f |
|
|
u |
i-^ |
V |
\ X '^^'^^H |
. |
||
|
>^^ |
r |
■ /*^1 |
^^ |
|||
|
/yf ^1 |
■■■ |
J |
^^ v\^ |
:^^ |
||
|
'r/fm |
.■ |
Kx |
^ |
|||
|
Mm, |
^■'l |
l\ |
V |
|||
|
i\ |
^ |
; |
J |
r |
i |
Figure .J. Tenuiala nuda n. sp. ; dorsal view.
alidomen. Mouth-parts hidden from above. Lamelhr large, long, of equal width throughout tlieir length, and extending
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 135
tlie wliole length of the cephalo-thorax. Lamellar hairs short, curved, aud situated on the anterior ends of the lamelljE ahout one-half the distance from the base of the same to their upper edges. Interlamellar hairs absent. Pseudostigmatic organs long, lance-shaped and slightly recurved. Abdomen globular, nude. Pteromorpha? rigid, extending forward almost to the tip of the ce])halo-thorax, notched at their tips. Ventral plate as broad as long, shield-shape. Genital opening at the anterior margin of ventral plate; as broad as long, and situated about twice its length in front of the anal opening; genital covers triangular. Anal opening much larger than genital ojiening and situated about one-half its width from the posterior margin of ventral plate ; anal covers rectangular ; twice as long as broad. Legs moderate ; posterior pair not reaching as far as the pos- terior margin of the abdomen. Total leng-th of body, 0.86 mm. ; width, 0.60 mm.
From the top of Mt. t'hintimini, Oregon; imder a rotting log; l»y the writer.
Described from four specimens. I can find no individual vari- ations in any of them.
Family PIOPLODERMID^
Genus Phthiracanis Perty.
Phthiracarits vuLihinis n. sj).
(Fig. 6)
A large dark brown species. Integument granular, of medium thickness. Cejjhalo-thorax about two-thirds as high as long, and bearing dorsally three pairs of large bristles. The posterior pair of bristles is about as long as the cephalo-thorax itself; the middle pair is slightly shorter; the anterior pair is slightly shorter than the middle pair. Pseudostigmata circular, shallow; in diameter about equal to the width of femur of one of the legs. PseudostigTuatic organ small, stoutlj^ setiform. Abdomen about one-half as high as long, and bearing several prominent bristles, including five dorsal pairs. Posterior end of abdomen pointed. Genital covers about two-thirds as long as anal covers. Each of
136
JOUBNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
the genital covers bears a row of small genital spines near its inner margin. Anal covers each bearing a few prominent sets. Legs stout, almost equal; the anterior pair, however, is slightly the largest ; tarsus of leg I one and a half times as long as tibia, tibia slightly longer than genual. Ungues stout, one-half as long as the tarsi from which they spring. Total length of the body, 2.00 mm. ; height, 0.98 mm.
Figure 6. Phthiracants maximiis n. sp.; side view.
From Corvallis, Oregon ; under an old piece of wood which was lying on damp ground ; by the writer.
Described from three specimens. This species is at once separated from all others of the genus by its large size.
The Anatomy of L,aila Cockerelli
MABEL GUERNSEY
In a recent number of this Jouenai, the circulatory system of this species was described. The present paper is a continuation of that anatomical study.
In cross-sections of the animal, the liody-wall may be seen to consist of an outer layer of epitheliimi; within that a thick layer of rather sponjyy connective tissite, containins- spicules, blood spaces, and in places gland cells ; and within that again a tliin layer of muscle lining the l)ody cavity. The connective tissue and muscle stain with picro-fuchsin in a manner similar to mamalian muscle and connective tissue, the muscle fibres staining yellowish-brown and the connective tissue pink or red- dish. The epithelium is very thin, consisting of a single layer of short columnar cells, containing a few mucus cells. Over the foot, however, it al)ru]itly changes its character and the cells become much elongated and very strongly ciliated, except at the anterior margin of the foot, where they lose most of their cilia and assume the appearance of gland cells. The connective tissue layer is most dense over the back and becomes very loose and spongy in the foot, which contains a mass of blood sinuses. It contains numerous spicules in tlie back, a few at the sides, and a very few in the foot. These are irregular in shape and size, but usually large at the center and tapering toward the ends, with a small angle at the center. Sometimes there is a short branch springing off near the center or they are more sharply angled. Around the spicules, the connective tissue is condensed to form a capsule. In the foot the connective tissue contains masses of gland cells, grouped just below the epithelium. Over the main part of the foot these masses are rather scattered and small, but at the anterior angle they abruptly become very numerous and closely packed and the separate cells become larger. Here also, as has been said, the epithelium changes, losing most of its cilia and resembling the gland cells in staining reaction. The muscular layer consists partly of a distinct laj^er lining the body cavity and partly of strands of muscles extending
138 JOURNAI^ OK ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
tln-OTi,s>-h the eonnoctive tissue. The lining of the body cavity is tliinnest over the hack (10 mierons), thickest over the side (30-40 microns) and slightly thinner over the foot than over the sides, lint here it is strengthened by additional fibres in the connective tissue. These form a layer just above the glandular ]iart of the foot, as well as an interlacing network of fibres. Fibres also branch off from the lining layer at the sides, above and below, and run diagonally towards the mantle edge, towards the outer angle of the foot, and into the ]>ai)illa^.
The paiiilla^ are club-shaped processes, coming off from the mantle edge in groups of various sizes. They are covered with an ejiithelium similar to that covering the rest of the body and contain a large branch of the mantle nerve, a large blood sinus, a core of spicules, and a gland. The sinus extends along the dorsal side of the papilla. At first it has a distinct wall, but the upper portion breaks up into branches which communicate with interstices in the very spongy connective tissue of which the body of the papilla is composed. The nerve lies just venti-al to the sinus. It gives off many branches in its course and finally ter- minates in the gland at the tip of the papilla. The core of spicules extends from the base of the impilla for about two- thirds of the distance to the tip, on the ventral side. It is sur- rounded by a layer of circular muscle fibres and receives the fibres spoken of above as coming off diagonally from the mus- cular layer of the l)ody wall. The gland of the papilla is situated at the tip. It consists of a spherical mass of cells enclosed in a heavy wall, and opening by a short duct surrounded by a thick mass of circular muscle fibres. Nearly all of the cells of these glands were empty in the preparations, probably because the animal discharged the secretion when it was killed, but a few contained large, dark-staining granules in a lighter, alveolar mass. These full cells were pear-shaped, the nucleus being situ- ated at the base at the smaller end, antl the cells were apparently attached to the basement membrane by long, slender processes. As the whole structure of the gland would indicate that it is intended to forcibly eject the secretion, it seems likely that it is used as an instrument of defense.
JOUENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 139
The Alimentary Canal. The mouth opens on the ventral side, as a large, laminated opening covered with ciliated epithe- lium, which leads into a cavity in which the end of the buccal mass projects. This buccal mass consists of two layers of muscle with a food chamber between. The outer layer consists of a heavy mass of circularly disposed fibres, opening anteriorly into the mouth cavity by means of a narrow slit. This outer mass is covered by a regularly ridged cuticle, secreted by a layer of short, columnar cells, which is especially heavy near the free end and becomes thin and flat near the base of the buccal mass.
Within these circular muscles is a cavity into which projects the muscles over which the radula moves. These consist of two lateral masses, fastened together below by a band of muscle, and aliove by a thin layer which consists mainly of epithelium. Be- tween these two masses is a cavity, which communicates directlj' with the arterial system. The radula is grooved above this cavity so as to dip down into it. Toward the posterior end of the buccal mass sinuses appear between the outer muscles and the epithelium lining the buccal cavity and extend in size, as the buccal food cavity diminishes, so that the posterior part of the muscles of the radula is almost entirely surrounded by sinuses. When this takes place the sinus between the radula muscles communicates with those surrounding them. At the posterior end of the Iniccal mass the ditferent sets of muscles gradually blend together. The gland where the formation of the radula takes place is situated in the continuation of the groove between the muscles over which the radula moves. It is situated at the extreme end of the buccal mass where it pro- jects as a little knob. It is lined with tall slender columnar cells, with a dark-staining granular protoplasm and oval nuclei situ- ated near the center of the cell. At the upper side of the capsule is a mass of unditferentiated tissue from which several layers of large irreg-ular shaped cells branch off. In the space between these two kinds of cells the radula is formed, the teeth probably by the irregular inner cells and the basement membrane by the columnar lining layer. From the mouth the food passes through the cavity between the two sets of muscles, and up over the
140 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
radula, as the cavity narrows. About half way between the two ends of the linccal mass the oeso]iliagus branches off on the upper side, but the buccal food cavity does not end when this takes place, but extends as a blind pocket nearly to the end of the buccal mass.
Close to the point where the oesophas'us branches otT, minute ducts from the salivary glands enter the buccal food cavity, one on each side. These glands are long, unbranched tubes, lined with cubical epithelial cells. They lie loosely in the body cavity back of the buccal mass, and in two specimens examined the ends were fused.
After leaving the buccal mass the oesophagus goes back be- tween the ganglia of the central nervous system, gradually be- coming larger, passes below the liver, and enters the stomach on the under side. The stomach itself is rather small but communi- cates with the liver by numerous large openings, so as to make its actual capacity considerably larger. The stomach is lined, as are the oesophagus and intestine, with ciliated epithelium. The liver consists of branching tubes lined with tall columnar cells with a fine granular protoplasm. On the iipper side of the stomach is a cpecum, about twice as large as the intestine, in diameter, which is lined with glandular cells of a different character than those of the liver. Directly in back of this caecum the intestine leaves the stomach. It runs forward over the surface of the liver to the extreme anterior end, then curves to the right and runs back to a point just beneath the branchiae, where it becomes slightly enlarged and laminated and curves upward to open within the circle of the branchial plumes.
The Nephridium. The kidney is a thin-walled sac with many ramifications that cover the whole surface of the liver mass and extend for a short distance down the sides. The walls are formed by a single layer of large, cubical granular cells on a very thin liasement membrane. These contain round, dark- staining nuclei and a small amount of protoplasm near the base, the rest of the cell usually being clear. The kidney communi- cates with the pericardium near the point where the right lateral siniis enters the right auricle, by means of a tubular
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 141
valve lined with cubical cells, bearing remarkably long and heavy cilia. The external opening of the kidney is by a short slender canal that ends on the anal papilla, just in front of the anus.
The Nervous System. The nervous system of Laila cock- erelli is centralized in a manner similar to that of the tyi^ical Doridida>. In the cerebro-pleural mass the fusion seems even greater than usual, so that when viewed from above no dis- tinction into cerebral and pleural ganglia can be made out, although on the under side two distinct lobes are visible. Below the posterior part of the cerebro-pleural are situated the pedal ganglia, which are well developed and joined to them by very short connectives. There are also a pair each of olfactory, optic, and visceral ganglia, making six pairs in all of supra- cesophageal, as well as the single pair of buccal ganglia, which are infra-cesophageal. The buccal ganglia are normally situ- ated most anteriorly, but their position relative to the rest of the ganglia varies with the position of the buccal mass, as the buccal ganglia have a fixed position close to the origin of the oesophagus and so are moved forward and backward when the buccal mass is moved, while the other ganglia are com- paratively stationary.
The buccal ganglia are ovoid, about 200 microns in the long- est diameter, joined to each other by a very short commisure, and to the cerebral by a long, slender connective that has its origin a short distance in front of the cerebro-pedal connective. They give off four pairs of nerves. Three of these enter the l)uccal mass directly, the posterior pair going to the region of the origin of the tongue. The fourth pair, which bear numer- ous minute ganglia, go upwards to the oesophagus, and run backwards between it and the salivary glands, to which branches are probably given, and continue back to the liver mass, where they probably join the network of accessory nerves and ganglia, although this could not be positively determined in the specimens examined. This accessory system, which is descrilied by Hancock and Embleton as covering the stomach and the lobes of the livermass in Doris, is very delicate in this
142 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
species, and all that conld be seen in the sections were occa- sional very minnte ganglia. The gastro-oesophageal ganglia which are described as occurring on the anterior border of the buccal ganglia in typical Dorididae, are apparently completely fused with the buccal, which are regularly ovoid in shape and show no protuberances or other trace of the gastro-cesophageal ganglia, excepting the single nerve.
The olfactory ganglia, which are about 150 microns in their longest diameter, are closely attached to the upper, anterior border of the cereln-al. They give off a single pair of large nerves, the olfactory. These go forwards for some distance and pass through the muscles of the body wall, but instead of entering the rhinophores directly, go downward and then bend sharply, thus making an S-shaped bend in their course. This is undoubtedly because of the retractility of the rhinophores, all of the observations being of necessity made on retracted rhinophores, as the animal withdraws them upon the slightest disturbance. Within the trunk of the rhinophore in the con- tracted condition, the nerve has a knotted and twisted appear- ance.
The cereliro-pleural ganglia are by far the largest, measur- ing nearly .5 mm. lengthwise. They are roughly rectangular in shape, and, as has been stated, appear from the upper side as a single pair of ganglia, liut on the lower side are divided transversely into two lobes. In section also they show a trans- verse division into two centers. They are connected dorsally by a large, very short, cerebro-pleural commissure, which con- tains fibres anteriorly from the cerebral and posteriorly from the iileural portions of the ganglia. Ventrally they are joined by the visceral commissure, which bears the visceral ganglia and has its origin on the under side of the posterior part of the pleural ganglia. Besides the nerves of the rhinophores, eyes, and otocysts, the cerebro-pleural ganglia give off eight pairs of nerves. Five of these, which are given off close to- gether on tlie anterior lateral border, may be said to arise from the cerebral ganglion. The nerves numbered 2, 3, 5, 6 in the figure all give branches to the muscles around the mouth,
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 143
number 3 also going to the tentacle and the sub-pallial ridge, and 5 and 6 giving branches to a gland in the mouth muscles. Number 4 is a very small nerve which rims forward to the muscles of the body wall. The nerves of the pleural portion are three in number, the first two originating as one nerve which soon branches. They may be called the anterior (7), median (8), and posterior (9), mantle nerves, as they supply the whole length of the mantle. The main trunk of any of these mantle nerves lies in the liody cavity, close to the body wall for most of its length, liut finally passes through the body wall and lies near the large lateral blood sinus. Branches cross the body wall just lielow the large sinus, usually between it and one of its liranches, and run along just outside of it, giving off branches to the papilla\ These branches usually originate near the branches of the sinus and the branches of both systems in the papilla are closely connected. The nerves that go to the jiainllse are large and have some ganglion cells near their origin. They give numerous fibres throughout the length of the papilla, and finally terminate around the gland at the apex. The pedal ganglia are situated below the posterior part of the cereliro-pleural and extend slightly beyond the lateral mar- gins, so that they are usually visible from above. They are nearly spherical and measure about 250 microns in diameter. They are joined to the cerebro-pleural ganglia by two con- nectives, placed close together, the fibres of one passing to the cerebral and of the other to the pleural portion, and to each other by commissures which are closeh' connected with each other and with the visceral commissure for the larger part of their course, but have separate origins. The pedal ganglia give off a pair of very small nerves that run forward to the body wall (14), and anterior (15), median (16), and posterior (17) pedal nerve. These run along inside the muscles of the body wall at the angle of the side and foot, giving otf branches with ganglionic enlargements, which branch and rebranch, sending fibres to the muscles, skin, and glands of the foot. They also give small branches to the muscles of the body wall at the side and foot. The pedal ganglia also give off another pair of
144 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
nerves, which differ in size and distribution. The one on the left side (13) is small and runs directly back to the body wall, while the one on the right side (11) is large and runs to the genital ganglion, one of the branches of which (12) corresponds in distribution to the whole left nerve.
The visceral ganglia are situated back of the pedal, just below the pleural, to which they are closely attached. The right is larger than the left (about 100 microns in diameter) but there is a distinct ganglion which sends a small nerve (25) to the mucus gland. This is a slightly different arrangement than any observed by Elliott, or Hancock and Embleton, as they figure only one visceral ganglion, the right, which they consider a fusion of the various visceral ganglionic centers. The right visceral ganglion sends off three nerves, as does the unpaired visceral ganglion of other species, but two of these are ex- tremely small. The shortest (19) goes back along the albumen gland, to which it gives nerves and finally enters the liver- mass near the oesophagus. The next in size (20) gives off a branch (21) which goes in the direction of the genital ganglion, although I was not able to determine whether it actually joins this ganglion. The main nerve then continues back beside the posterior pedal nerve, giving off branches to the mucus gland, then changes its course, gives a branch to the intestine, and finally divides into two branches, one going to the hermaphro- dite gland and the other to the nephridia. The largest nerve (18) gives branches to the aorta and blood gland, continues back beneath the heart, to which it gives a branch, gives branches to the neiJhridia, and nephridial valve, and finally joins the central ganglion of the branchial plexus.
The optic ganglia are very small (about 50 microns) ovoid, and attached to the upper surface of the cerebral by short connectives. They give otf very minute nerves to the eyes.
The accessory nervous system was only determined in certain portions, since the nerves are very fine and run in a complex mass of muscles, connective tissue, and glands, and special methods could not be employed because of lack of material. The gastro-heptic plexus is apparently much reduced, as no
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 145
large gang-lia, similar to the braueliial and genital, were visible, such ganglia as appeared being very minute. The genital plexus is greatly fused, forming a single ganglion as large as one of the buccal ganglia, which gives off several nerves to the reproductive organs, as well as one nerve (12) to the body wall, which is apparently homologous with (13). The branchial plexus consists of several fairly large ganglia, which give off larger nerves than are found in other portions of the accessory system. The central ganglion receives a nerve from the vis- ceral ganglion and branches from the posterior mantle nerve, these latter having passed through ganglia which give off branches to the heart and brancliial region. The central ganglion gives oft' branches to the nephridia and the region around the intestine, and is joined to a small ganglion just above it, which gives nerves to the three branchias.
The Sense Organs. The otocysts are buried between the cerebro-pleural and pedal gangiiaT just inside the eerebro- pleural and pleuro-pedal connectives. They are oval mem- branous capsules about 50 microns long, lined with a few much elongated cells. The otoconia appeared to be very small par- ticles, but they may have been partly eroded by the acid used in the iixing solution.
The eye is nearly globular and slightly elongated from front backwards, where it measures about 75 microns. It lies in a mass of connective tissue somewhat in front of the optic ganglion, to which it is attached by a very small nerve. The coat of the eye itself is a thin, compact, connective tissue layer, much thinner in front than in liack. The lens is nearly oval and in section appears to be formed of a thick capsule, contain- ing an alveolar substance, or at least, a substance that con- denses into globules after fixation. Back of this is a thick cap-shaped layer of pigment granules, and back of these and closely connected with them are a few cells of rather indefin- ate outline, containing large granular nuclei, very similar to the nuclei of some of the nerve cells. The whole appearance and location of the eye would indicate that it does not fulfill any very important function. It is not only situated below the
146 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
thick outer body wall, but surrounded by a mass of connective tissue as well. Tlie nerve which it receives is extremely minute when compared to the nerve which goes to the rhinophores, for instance, and there is no organized retina.
The rhinophores are situated well forward and somewhat at the sides of the head. They consist of a stout central stalk divided transversely into twelve prominent leaves. The length of the central stalk is about 0.6 mm. in the contracted condition. AVhen retracted, the rliinojihores are completely withdrawn into a little cavity in the integument, the upjier surface of the rhi- nojihore being at a level with the oi)ening of the cavity. In section it may l)e seen that the lamellae are covered by an epi- thelium of tall, slender cells with small, darkly-staining nuclei in the basal portion. These cells appear to bear short cilia, but not nearly such prominent ones as those in some other places, as the foot. A very large nerve enters the stalk of the rhino- phore and gives five branches to the lamellae. Muscle fibres run up the sides of the stalk and these also send a few fibres to the lamellae. The rhinophores are by far the most highly developed sense organs of L. cockerelU.
The tentacles and the suli-pallial ridge receive large nerves which end close to their upjier surfaces, which are somewhat lamellated and bear a ciliated epithelium.
The Eepeoductive System. The hermaphroditic gland is a racemose gland extending over the uiiper surface of the liver, below and between the branches of the uephridia. It reaches down on both sides below the level of the paiiillae and extends well over the caudal and cephalic ends of the liver. The sper- matozoa develop in large follicles, each surrounded by several smaller ovarian follicles which open into it. The spermatic follicles open into small ducts which come together to form the large duct of the hermai)hroditic gland. In all but one of the specimens examined, both ova and spermatozoa were develop- ing. In that one the female organs were dormant and the ova had only just begtm to develop. The ovarian follicles usually contain several ova in various stages of growth as well as small cells with a darker-staining protoplasm that were wedged in
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 147
between the ova around the edge of the follicle to form a sort of lining layer. These were probably undifferentiated ova and nurse cells. In the spermatic follicles columns of spermatogonia were usually found in the upper part and bunches of sper- matozoa in the lower. Between these are columns showing several different stages. From the hermaphroditic gland ex- tends a long slender duct to the ampulla. In all the specimens examined it was found packed full of spermatozoa. In the dis- tended condition it is a large, jiear-sliaped sac, with a wall 10 microns thick. There is no epithelial lining la.yer, apparently.
From the ampulla extends a short, ciliated duct. It soon divides into two jiarts, the male duct, which is very small and lined with short cilia, and the larger female duct, lined with very long, strong cilia. This strongly ciliated duct is rather short and opens into a lamellated portion lined with ordinary short cilia. The lamellated portion divides almost at once into two parts, one leading to the spermatotheca, the other to the oviduct.
The duct to the spermatotheca, or rather from the sperma- totheca, gradually becomes smaller and after a somewhat wind- ing course enters a mass of circularly disposed muscle fibres, the arrangement of which would indicate that they act as a valve. In the center of this muscle mass is a small chamber from which three ducts pass, — the above mentioned duct which joins it to the oviduct, a duct to the spermatocyst, and a duct to the spermatotheca. The duct to the spermatocyst is small and the spermatocyst itself is a small, thin-walled, oval sac, lined with short columnar cells which appear ciliated although not prominently so in the preparations. In one animal sec- tioned the spermatocyst was empty, in the others it was packed full of spermatozoa and distended to twice or more than twice its size when empty. In the one animal in which the sperma- tocyst was empty all the female organs were dormant and ova were not developing in the hermaphroditic gland, while the glands of the male organs were active and spermatozoa were found in some of the passages ; in all the other animals, the female organs were in a state of activity.
148 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
The duct from the spennatotheca is small and ciliated. The s])ermatotheca itself is a large, spherical sac, lined with long (lark-staining, eolinnuar cells. These have large, oval nuclei .just below the free surface and in the resting condition (in the one specimen where the female organs were dormant) ap]iear covered with a brown cuticle. In all the other specimens the cells lining the spermatotheca were much elongated and pouring forth a secretion. The spermatotheca was much more expanded in the active than in the dormant specimen and the epithelium over part of the surface usually appeared to be more or less broken down, perhaps due to the excessive secretion. This would make it appear that the spermatotheca is more than a mere resting place for the spermatozoa, the function which is ascribed to it by Alder and Hancock. The duct from the external opening to the spermatotheca leaves very near the opening of the duct from the spennatotheca to the oviduct. This is at first small but becomes larger and more strongly ciliated, and ends close to the opening of the penis in a small opening surrounded by a heavy ring of muscle fibres.
The oviduct in the dormant specimen appears as a tortuous channel lined with short cilia, surrounded by a mass of connec- tive tissue, in which lie numerous branching glands. These are rather large sacs lined with dark-staining columnar epithe- lium, the nuclei of which lie at the base of the cells. In the dormant state these glands do not differ much from each other, but in the active state they become very much changed in appearance and differentiate into two types. One becomes very much larger, the cells becoming full of a homogeneous secre- tion and swollen to a length of 120 microns or more, the cell outlines become very indistinct, and the whole mass stains very faintly, although the nuclei stain very deeply. The other gland is small and lies in the center of the mass, and farther from the external opening than the other. It consists of branching tubes lined with columnar cells about 80 microns long and with rather a large lumen. These cells are sharply differentiated from those of the other gland l)y the fact that they stain deeply and the secretion is granular and is poured out into the lumen
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 149
in large droplets. I have not determined the exact relation of these glands to the oviduct, but in the dormant specimen the glands are separate and open into the oviduct by numerous channels, and in active specimens, for at least a portion of its course, the oviduct is separate. The oviduct ends in a large opening with folded walls, situated in back of and somewhat below the other two genital openings.
The male branch of the common duct is very short and opens into a large, thin-walled, convoluted, glandular sac. The walls of this sac are lined with columnar epithelium about 50 microns high, which seems to consist entirely of mucus cells. The upper portion of nearly all the cells is empty and presents the char- acteristic apiiearance of mucus cells, there being only a little protoplasm gathered around the spherical dark-staining nuclei at the base of the cells.
It is possible that these cells possess cilia, as there is usually a condensation of substance just bej'ond their upper borders, but this may be a secretion product, and, if it does indicate cilia, these cilia are very small and scanty. Near the end of the glandular sac, the cells at one side become changed in character. They remain about the same length as the mucus cells, but become more closely packed, so that the nuclei which lie at the extreme base, lie side by side, almost touching each other. The cells are full of dark-staining secretion for about half their length. The upper half is much less dense, but contains the same substance, which is being thrown off into the lumen, where it collects in droplets. This area of secreting cells gradually widens so as to include the whole of the end of the gland, which soon narrows down into a ciliated duct. The duct gradually de- creases in size and the epithelial cells become shorter, while a surrounding layer of circularly placed muscle fibres becomes gradually thicker, until it passes into a tube, where it opens into a wide canal, lined with very short, strongly ciliated cells and surrounded by a heavy muscular wall. The external open- ing is large, and the lining membrane is thrown into folds.
150 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
SUMMARY
1. The muscular system consists of two i)arts, a layer lining the body cavity, and strands passing through the connective tissue to the foot, papilla?, and mantle.
2. The liver communicates with the stomach by numerous large openings. The whole alimentary canal is ciliated.
3. The kidney is a large sac, with many ramifications, lined with clear, cubical cells, on a very thin basement membrane.
4. The cerebro-pl'eural ganglia apjiear fused in a mass above, but below and in section show their separate origin. There is a small visceral ganglion on the left side, which sends off one nerve; and a larger one on the right, wliich sends off three. The gastro-o?soi)hageal ganglia are completely fused with the buccal. The ganglia of the gastro-heptic accessory [)lexus are very small, those of the other plexuses are fused into a few large ganglia.
5. The blood from the posterior aorta passes to the liver mass and thence to the branchijT' before returning to the heart. The blood from the anterior aorta passes back through the lateral sinuses, being aeriated through the skin and especially in the papillae.
6. The reproductive organs contain numerous glands. The male organs have a large, thin-walled accessory gland, lined with cells that appear empty in the sections, and a smaller gland, lined with tall cells full of globules of secretion material. The oviduct bears a large gland, the cells of which are swollen and full of homogeneous secretion; and within that a smaller gland with dark-staining granular cells. There are a sperma- totheca and spermatocyst.
JOURNAI^ OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 151
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Born 1910
Beitrage zur feineren Anatomic der Phyllirhoe bucephala. Zeit. fur wiss. Zool.
Dreyer 1910
Uber das Blutgefasz iind Nervensysteni der Aeolidida' iind Tritonida?. Zeit. fur wiss. Zool.
FAiot 1910
The Briti.sh niidibranchiate Mollusca. Ray soc, Part VIII.
Guernsey, Mabel 1913
The circulatory system of Laila cockerelli. Jour. ent. and zool. Vol. V, No. 2.
Hancock and Emblcton 1852
On the anatomy of Doris. Phil, trans.
MacFarland 1905
A preliminary account of the Dorididae of Monterey Bay. California. Proc. biol. soc. "Wash.
(Contrihidion from the Zoological Laboratory of Pomona Callage.)
152
JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Figure 1
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
153
Figure 2
154
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Figure 3
jouknaIj of entomology and zoology
155
c
^»^
Figure 4
156 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Figure 5
JOUENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 157
DESCRIPTION OF FIGURES
Figure 1. A, central nervous system X50; 1, nerve to rhinophore; 3, 5, to gland in buccal mass and muscles of mouth; 3, to mouth, tentacle, and sub- pallial ridge; 4, to body wall; 6, to mouth muscles; 7, anterior; 8, median; 9, posterior mantle nerve; 10, cerebro-buccal connective; 11, to genital ganglion; 12, to body wall; 15, anterior; 16, first posterior; 17, second posterior pedal nerve; 18, from visceral ganglion to branchial plexus; 19, to albumen gland and liver; iO, to mucus gland, intestine, etc.; 21, to genital ganglion (proljably); 22, to brnnchia; 23, from pos- terior mantle vein to branchial plexus; 24, brandies to papillae, (in all other cases only the origin of the nerves to the papillae is shown); 25, to alliunien gland. B, eye; C, cells from central ganglion showing variation in size. D, section through central ganglia; 1, cere- bral; 2, pleural; 3, pedal ganglion; E, the central ganglia; F, rhino- phore in section.
Figure 2. A, ovarian follicle; B, spermatic follicle; C, gland cells from light portion of male accessory gland; D, cells from dark portion; E, cells from albumen gland (female); F, active; G, dormant cells from spermatotheca.
Figure 3. A, cross section body wall; B, gland cells from foot; D, gland of papilla; E, spicules; F, cross section of papilla.
Figure 4. A, cross section buccal mass; B, point of junction of stomach and liver epithelium; D, cross section salivary gland; E, tip of branchia; F, nephridial valve.
Figure 5. Reproductive system. Hermaphroditic portion striped, female dotted, male plain.
The Collector's By-Product
XIMENA MC GLASHAN
Triickee, Cal.
Present methods of collecting Lepidoptera conld be improved jnst as the great packing lionses have improved the meat busi- ness, by utilizing the by-product. Expressed differently, the battered and unsalable female moths and liutterfies which the collector throws away can be made to produce more perfect s]iecimens than his entire catch. Of two females of a species unknown to science, I i^refer one that is slightly damaged to one which has just emerged from pupa. The latter counts one perfect specimen, the former probably contains fertile eggs and may produce hundreds of perfect specimens.
Entomological works are strangely silent as to the utter simplicity and untold value of propagating Lepidoptera. They instruct the collector to use the net, search for eggs, larva^ and pupae, sugar for moths, use traps and visit lights, beat bushes, and all that, but fail to tell him that a battered female will nearly always lay eggs if placed in a paper bag or box. Edwards, Scudder and all the great authorities give minute descriijtions of larval transformations, but fail to state that collectors could indefinitely multiply their output by obtaining eggs from each desirable variety by saving the usually dis- carded females. Writers of Nature books tell of the great ditficulty they had in finding eggs of certain varieties when all they had to do to obtain them was to imprison a slightly worn female.
A female Catocnla has been known to oviposit foi;rteen hun- dred fertile eggs. The resulting adults, if propagated and equally prolific, would produce half a million eggs. Artificial ]iropagation of fish yields such wonderful returns that it seems incredil)le that no writer has advocated the same methods in obtaining quantities of perfect butterflies and moths. My father has been my teacher, and he learned under the direct tuition of Harry Edwards and W. IT. Edwards, forty years
JOUENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 159
ago. I am only nineteen years old and began entomological work July 15tli, 1912, l)ut in eleven weeks last year I canglit, bred and sold to Dr. William Barnes of Decatur, Illinois, eleven thousand five hundred specimens.
All the moths and about one-half of the species of butterflies will oviposit in boxes and bags and many kinds do not even require food. If the imprisoned female demands food, place daily in her prison house a bit of dried apple soaked in water sweetened with honey. With the varieties mentioned there is no other work or worry. Larvae and pupaj resulting from the eggs thus obtained will l)e safe from the ravages of parasites, and the method of rearing them is fully described in the books. What the l)ooks do not tell is that with these varieties there is uo trouble in getting eggs. The entire story may be told thus: Put your unsalable females in paper boxes and bags and feed them if necessary.
About half the species of butterflies require the presence of the living plant upon which their larvae feed else they will die without laying eggs. W. H. Edwards confined them in nail kegs covered with gauze and placed over the plant. Ordinary l)aper bags tied over sprays of the living plant are less cum- bersome and fully as satisfactory. It is necessary, however, to know the foodplant. I have printed charts of all the known foodplants of butterflies and moths, and will send them postage paid to any person interested, upon application. I want addi- tions and corrections for future, perfected charts. It is my aim to sometime produce perfect lists of foodplants for all Lepidoptera and I shall certainly fail if collectors and scien- tists do not assist me.
If you do not know the foodplant of the larvae which hatch from the eggs of a given female, you at least know it grows in the locality where you found the female. If you discover the foodplant you have added an atom to scientific knowledge. Place on the tin lid of an inverted jelly glass the newly hatched larvae and narrow slices of twenty different leaves. If they eat any given leaf you have found a foodplant which will answer temporarily, but it is well to introduce another and another
IfiO JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
score of slips until you have discovered their favorite. It is not a difficult thing, usually, to find something suitable. If you know the foodplfints of other members of the family your species will probably accept leaves of these plants. The scien- tist wishes to kno\^the natural foodplant of each species, but the butterfly farmer is content if he finds "something just as good." The natural foodplant exists in the region where the insect is found. You have a great advantage, therefore, over the distant scientist who attemi3ts to rear the larvae in a dif- ferent zone, perhaps, and without the slightest clue as to its natural preference, j-et the scientist often succeeds. Even beginners, like myself, are glad to receive shipments of eggs ac- companied by the mother insects.
I do not minimize the distracting difficulties of propagating certain species of Lepidoptera, but I boldly assert that there is no difficulty at all with the majority, the vast majority of species. Where the beginner makes one failure he will make many successes. Always remember that the rarest species are generally as easily propagated as the commonest, that all will lay their eggs if they have an opportunity, and that butterfly farming does not interfere at all with your collecting, for you are utilizing the by-product, the damaged females of your catches. With ever so little outlay of time and trouble you will multiply your output a hundredfold.
During the past year I have corresponded with over a thou- sand people who are eagerly interested in butterfly farming, and I have taught its elementary principles to hundreds of enthusiastic pupils without asking any compensation except gratuitous offerings of specimens from each locality. At any time I should be glad to correspond with those interested in this work.
Studies in Laguna Beach Isopoda, II
BLANCHE E. STAFFORD, M.S.
Nearly everyone who frequents the seashore and is half alive to the many opportunities which the water, rocks and sand offer in a study of the manifestations of life which they can reveal, has become acquainted with the form and habits of such crus- taceans as the lobsters, crabs and shrimps. There are very few, also, who do not know the livel.v little sand-fleas which pojiulate so thickly the sandy beach. Not many realize, however, that these latter are relations of the big lobster and crab, as they are, and that they are of myriad forms and habits; that they live not alone in the sand, but in the shallow pools, under rocks, on the sea mosses and in the deep waters. But still less do they know of the Isopoda, the near neighbors of the sand fleas, or Amphipoda. It is with certain Isopoda, relatives of the lobster and crab and sand-flea, that this paper deals. The reason we know so little, as casual observers, of these little creatures is that they are very secretive and love to hide themselves in obscure places ; their characteristic manner of crawling, instead of hopping as do the Amphipoda, makes them less conspicuous than the latter. But they are in reality very numerous and most interesting in the variety of forms they exhibit. To know them one has only to catch them at the proper time and place and to ferret them out of their retreats. Frequent the beach at a time when the tide is fast advancing and you will see along the line left by the receding water whole hosts of these little crawlers, scurrying out of their holes for the high and dry sands. Go in the very early morning when the tide is at its lowest mark to the mossy rocks which lie uncovered then. As you turn them over one by one you will find many inter- esting tilings, among them numbers of amphipods that slide around on their sides, and a great plenty of very active isopods. You may gather some of the moss on the rocks and with the help of a hand lens find that it is peopled with minuter forms which you cannot see without this careful scrutiny. And
162 JOTJKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
there are still many otlier places in which some one or another of tliis isopod group dwells. Some are securely fortified within the minute chambers of the sponges; some are tube builders or excavators; some have sought the crevices of the big dry rocks where they neighbor with the shore cral)s; and some are even fond of the muddy shore of a stagnant lagoon; still others inhabit the gill chambers of tish or crabs, living a parasitic and degenerate life. Though many of the Isopoda are marine there are also many terrestrial and fresh-water forms, the former known to most of us by their representative, the common sow-bug, or wood-louse, or pill-bug, as it is vari- ously called.
Not less interesting than the numbers and habitat of these animals is their diversity in color and form as adapted to their environment. Those inhabiting the sandy and rocky places are provided with a chitinous crusty structure and are colored a dull gray or brown which favors well their characteristic love for obscurity. Those which dwell in the pools or on the moss are more delicate and are provided with special swimming, organs. On the green Algse there are elongated isopods, green in color and hardly distinguishable from the moss on which they occur, and similarly brown forms on the brown Alga\ A most interesting instance of these color adaptations which I observed in my study at Laguna Beach was that of an isopod which dwells on the oral surface of a sea urchin; it was a dark reddish-purple in color, so very like that of its host that one could scarcely distinguish it when at rest. Much might be said of the diversity and beauty of color of the marine Isopoda, but that is a study in itself.
It appears that the Isopoda and Amphipoda are somewhat closely related, since both can be grouped under the . more limited division, Arthrostraca. The)' differ from each other as follows : the Isojjoda are dorso-\'entrally flattened, the Amphipoda laterally compressed. There are other differences such as modified second and third thoracic appendages and a differentiation of abdominal segments into two sets in the Amphijjoda, A common and ^Jopular distinction is the crawl-
JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGX 163
ing habit of the isopod and the hopping habit of the Amphi- poda. Such a distinction is not entirely valid however, since neither of these characteristics is common to all the forms of either group.
The Isopoda body is differentiated into: (1), a head having sessile, usually compound eyes which may be contiguous or distant; antenna? of two pairs, generally; a set of delicate mouth parts, consisting of an upper and lower lip, two pairs of maxilla?, a pair of mandibles and a pair of maxillipeds; (2), a thorax of seven segments of similar structure, each bearing a iiair of legs; the legs are often similar, a characteristic which led Latreille to name them Isopoda from two Greek words meaning "equal" and "foot". Latreille, however, was not accpuiinted with the many exceptional forms such as the modi- fied first leg for grasping purposes or the jiosterior swimming- legs found in some species; (3), an abdomen consisting usually of six segments, five of which bear pleopods (respiratory and natatory organs) ; the sixth with a pair of uropoda (natatory organs). The Isopoda do not develop through a series of larval stages but through direct development. The females are jiro- vided with marsupial plates which form a brood jjouch in the sexually mature individual.
After a careful study of the complicated and finely adjiisted structure of these creatures one must have gained a great respect for them and for the comi)Iete and perfect results which nature has here effected. Add to this study a knowledge of the actual service rendered b}^ the Isoi)oda in the economy of nature and one's interest in them will be increasingly greater. Have you ever stopped to consider how very rich in life the sea is, with its multitudes of marine plants and animals f Have you further considered how many of these forms are constantly being destroyed in one way or another and subject to the pro- cesses of decay! If so, you have often wondered how the sea is kept ever sweet and pure. For a solution, in part, of this question I would ask you to turn to the isoi)ods and their asso- ciates, the amphipods. These small animals, many of them al- most microscopic in size, are the scavengers of the waters and it
164 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
is their service to remove the waste of ocean life. The latter are free swimmers and in their wanderings scour the surface of the waters. The former usually remain close in their native haunts and it is they who purify the substrata of the sea. Not here does their service end. So abundant are they that they form a part of the food of many fish and thus they are indirectly food providers for men. To these ends the Isopoda are very widely distributed. They are most abundant in the northern waters. Thence they extend in varying numl)ers to the warm southern waters and the temperate shores and from east to west. So great is their importance that we dare not speculate as to the state of unstable equilibrium in nature which their sudden and thorough destruction would cause. Suffice it to say, that at present no such calamity is pending, for the isopods are a mighty throng and well equipped by nature to survive.
In the studies which follow I have described and illustrated twelve species collected at Laguna Beach, California, in the summer of 1911. One of these is a new species, two are new varieties. A number of the others, although noted before, have not been illustrated at all before or if so not at all completely.
List of the Species Represented in this Study
Superfamily FLABELLIFERA
A. Family CTROLANID.E
Genus Cirolana
Cirolaiia Jiarfurdi (Lockington)
B. Family SPH^ROMID^
Genus Dynamene
Dynamene glabra Richardson Superfamily VALVIFERA A. Family IDOTHEIDyE
a. Genus Idothea
Idothca rcctUinca (Lockington)
b. Genus Pentidotea
JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 165
Pentidotea aculeatus n. sp. Superfamily ASELLOTA B. Family JANIRID^ a. Genus Janira
Janira occidenfalis Walker Superfamily ONISCOIDEA
A. Family TYLID.^
a. Genus Tylos
Tylos punctatus Holmes and Gay
B. Family ONISCID.^
a. Genus Alloniscus
Allonisciis cornutus var. lagunae n. var. Alloniscus perconvexus (Dana)
b. Genus Philoscia
Philoscia richardsonae Holmes and Gay
Cirolana harfordi (Lockington) (Figs. 1, 2, and 3)
Locality — Very abundant under rocks between tides, at Laguna Beach, California.
Color — Great variation, some white with gray markings, some shaded with yellow or orange ; females bearing eggs often show a bright red coloration; in alcohol the specimens always appear to be a sordid- white marked with gray.
Body ovate, arched transversely and longitudinally. Speci- men described measures 7 mm. by 3 mm. Head wider than long, 2 mm. by 1 mm.; rounded on anterior margin. Eyes small, composite, situated laterally and touch anterior margin of first thoracic segment. First pair of antennte have a peduncle of three articles of which the first and second are small and subequal; third almost as long as first and second and nar- rower; flagellum of ten articles. Second pair of antennae have a peduncle of five articles: first three small and subequal;
166
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Figure 1. Cirolana hurfonVi (Lockington). L;iteral and dorsal views.
JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
167
Figure -. Cirohna harfordl (Lockington). A, first leg; !''«'==''"'' Jf^,',,^,^*';^ le- D fourth lea-; E, fifth leg; F, seventh leg; G, second pleopocl oi n,rd'e7H first pleopoA of n,ale; I, frontal lanfina and hasal joints of antennae; J, second antenna;; K, first antenna;.
168
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 169
fourth about twice as long as wide, about as long as second and third; fifth about one-fourth longer than fourth; flagellum multiculate, thirty-four articles. First antenna? extend to end of peduncle of second antenna? ; the latter extend to end of fifth thoracic segment. Maxilliped composed of seven articles; the last four very plumose; third is provided with two hoops or blunt spines. Mandible carries a palp of three articles and a toothed molar. Frontal If^mina, distinct, short and broad, anterior margin triangulate though not sharply so.
First segment of thorax large, twice as long as third and fourth segments. Succeeding segments almost equal in length, though second is very slightly longer than third and fourth. Epimera are very distinct on all but first segment. Last four are produced at post-lateral angles especially the sixth and seventh. A carina is apparent on all the epimera, longitudinal in the first two and olilique in the last four. First three legs prehensile, remaining ambulatory. On propodus of first there are three prominent spines ; one on the carpus ; on the merus seven prominent blunt spines and about three sharp ones; ischium has one blunt s]iine like those of the merus, also a large spine on the outer distal margin. Second leg has three or four sjiines on the propodus; three on the carpus; eleven blunt spines on the merus and two spines on outer distal margin; ischium has two blunt spines, one large and two small ones on outer distal margin. Ambulatory legs provided with many robust spines.
Abdomen in the specimen described shows only three seg- ments, four or five may be visible, however, but first is usually concealed. Sixth broad at proximal end, attenuated poster- iorly; apex rounded, provided with many strong spines, twelve to twenty-two. Inner branch of uropoda as long as terminal abdominal segment ; broad at distal end where it is armed with spines. Outer branch is shorter than inner and narrower; also armed with spines on distal end and outer margin. Peduncle of uropoda produced to two-thirds length of inner ramus. First and second pleopoda of male provided with many compound hairs; second has a long stylet.
170 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Alloniscus cornutus var. higuiuie u. var. (Figs. 4 and 5)
Locality/ — Margins of stagnant salt lagoon ; under old sea- weed where it is associated witli PJiiloscia richardsonae Holmes and Gay, at Laguna Beach, California.
Color— J)n\l gray-brown, resembling the old sea-weed under which it lives.
Body convex, ovate and jnuictate; about 10 mm. long and 5 mm. wide, 3 mm. high (dimensions of a large specimen).
K- ii'\ oil !"
|
^ |
■i- |
■-T ' |
% |
|
|
i |
■ " z '-* |
\ |
||
|
§:-r ■ ■, ■ \ |
||||
|
F" |
-"-.^ |
|||
|
' - |
■■^ |
|||
|
^ |
•^'{"- ; |
\ |
||
|
/ |
\ ^^^ |
^ |
7 |
|
|
/'^tST^T— __ |
-> |
|||
|
M |
/ ^>r~ |
\ 1 |
||
|
( |
/" ' |
^l< |
0 |
" |
|
in^ |
V |
Figure 4. Allon'mciis coriititiis var. lagunae ii. var.
Head not closely articulated with thorax ; f i-ontal margin produced medially into a prominent lobe; autero-lateral angles form distinct processes, much more ])romineut than in Allonis- cus perconveius. Eyes oval comjiound, longer than wide; near lateral margin. P^'irst antennje have three articles, which are very small, rudimentary. Second antenna^ extend about as far as second thoracic segment; have a peduncle of six articles and
JOUBNAl, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
171
Figure 5. Alloniscua cornvtus var. lagunae n. var. A, first leg; B, second leg; C, seventh leg; D, second antennae; E, maxillipeds; F and G, mandible; H, second maxilla; I, first maxilla; J, second pleopod of female; K, first pleopod of female; L, second pleopod of male; M, first pleopod of male; N, uropod.
17i2! JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
a flas'ellum of three; flagellum about as long as tiftli article of peduncle. Maxilliped lias a palp of three articles.
The thoracic segments show no sinuations as described in AUonJsnts cornutiis. Epimeral siitures are only faintly indi- cated in some of the specimens on the second, third and fourth segTuents. Legs similar in structure and very much spined.
Abdomen has six segments ; first two covered laterally by seventh thoracic segment. Epimera of third, fourth and fifth, large, extended posteriorly; subtetragonal in shape. Sixth, triangiilar, rounded posteriorly. Uropoda have basal article broad and depressed ; outer ramus twice as long as inner which articulates at the inner angle of the basal article and is con- cealed at articulation by last abdominal segment. The outer ramus does not appear to be carinated.
These specimens evidently lie close to Alloniscvs cornutus. Their jjeculiar habitat and associations should be significant. As the specific habitat of A. cornutus is not given it is impos- sible to compare them on this point. However, A. cornutus is described as having sinuated thoracic margins. Such is not the case with these specimens. The outer ramus of the ujopoda does not appear to be carinated in this isopod as in ^. cornutus. The flagellum of the second antennae of the latter is shorter than the fifth article of ]ieduncle, several specimens of this variety were examined and tlie flagellum appears about equal, scarcely less than fifth article. Accordingly I have made these specimens, provisionally, a variety of A. cornutus.
(Continued in the next number of the Journal)
Book Reviews
The Climate and Weather of San Diego, California, by Ford A. Carpenter, local forecaster. Illustrated with photographs and charts by the author and others. Published by the San Diego Chamber of Commerce, 1913. 118 pages.
The following quotation from Humboldt is seen on the title page: "The term climate, in its broadest sense, implies all the changes in the atmosphere which sensibly affect one's physical condition." That is probably the best definition of that word. And we know that all the forms and colors of animals — the evolution of animal life — are due directly or indirectly to the environment; so a study of the elements in the environment of animals is necessary for the naturalist, if he wishes to really know about his subjects of study. And the various parts of the environment are due largely to the temperature and other weather conditions.
There are 27 short chapters dealing in a clear way with various meteorological sulijects, just what a biologist in this region should know. There are 15 full-page and instructive plates and 12 suggestive and useful charts in the text; there are 15 tables showing meteorological conditions over a series of years, and these will prove especially useful to students in correlating insect periodicity and other phenomena which are hardly understood. The plants and animals, as is well known, are more prone to vary in every direction in California than in any other state. This is due, in part, to the great diversity of climate; the numerous mountain ranges and isolated valleys. There are three distinct climates within San Diego county — the nearly sub-tropical coast climate of the bay region, the climate of the mountainous district and the desert climate of the far east. Of course there are many other conditions which have to be taken into account ; and only a close perusal of this book and McAdie's Climatology of Cali- fornia could show these. Climatology will be the next study for the student of geographical distribution and species for- mation. F. Gkinnell, Jb.
174 JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
A REVIEW OF AN OLD BOOK
On the Variation of Species, With Especial Reference to THE Insecta; Followed by An Enquiry Into the Nature of Genera, by T. Vernon Wollaston, M.A., F.L.S., London: John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row, 1856. Pp. VI+206.
I believe that it is about as profitable, nowadays, to read a book which is a half a century or more old than many of those which are comins;: off the press. I can nearly say with someone else: "When I hear of a new book I go to my shelves and take down an old one." This applies more especially to those on the phil- osophy of nature. The author of this book is well known for his work on the insects of the Madeira Islands, and his philosophy grew from this study of geographical distrilmtion. The numer- ous examples are taken mostly from the Coleoptera, a few from the Mollusca. The index is an ideal one — modern ones could well lie patterned after it — and gives some idea of the wealth of fact, observation and deduction to be found in the book, — a book just bristling with pertinent suggestions even for study for the modern naturalist. This book was published three years before the "Origin of Species." He lays special em]ihasis on minute variations of size, sculpture, color, etc., when constant and corre- lated with differences of habitat. His discussion and proof of the influence of isolation and environment on the change of s]iecific form is as clear as stated by more recent authors. All is sup- ported by his careful observations on the Coleoptera of the Madeiras, and material from other naturalists in other parts of the world, notably Darwin in South America, to whom he dedi- cates the liook. His remarks in regard to color dimorphism of certain beetles, living and fossil, is very suggestive. "It is almost needless to add, that there are many elements to be considered, such as local atmospheric conditions, excess or deficiency of electricity, su]>erabundant moisture, diminished light, and the geological com]iosition of the soil, before we can hope either to appreciate zoological phenomena as a whole, or to reconcile the apparent inconsistencies which they are accustomed to display." —p. 47.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 175
"The more we look into the question, whether by the light of analogy or the evidence of facts, the more are we convinced that lines of rigid demarcation (either between genera or species, though especially the former) do not anj^where, except through accident, exist. And hence it is that we ascend, by degrees, to a comprehension of that unity at which I have already glanced; and we are led to believe that, could the entire living panorama, in all its magnificence and breadth, be spread out before our eyes, with its long-lost links (of the past and present epochs) replaced, it would be found, from first to last, to be complete and continuous throughout, — a marvel of perfection, the work of a Master's hand." — p. 179.
It is a good thing to become acquainted with some of the older naturalists and their ways of working.
FOEDYCE GbINNELL, Jk.
News Notes
FOEDYCE GRINNELL, JB.
"A vei"}' small amouut ol" informatiou gaiued by the student in the field of Nature is sufficient to kindle the desire to increase it. "J^he more we know, the more we are anxious to know ; though the less we seem to know. It is one of the distinctive privileges of the naturalist that he has to labour in a mine which is inexhaust- ible : the deeper he digs beneath the surface, the richer is the vein for excavation, and the more interesting are the facts which he brings successively to light." — T. Vernon Wollaston, 1856.
Mr. Paul Kililer, a collector of natural history specimens in the Pacific Islands and South America, spent the past summer at Long Beach. He has gone to the Solomon Islands.
Mrs. W. W. Gnash, of Wenden, Arizona, is collecting some interesting insects, especially Lepidoptera, in that interesting but little known region.
Dr. Anstruther Davidson, of Los Angeles, spent the month of July at Bishop Creek, Inyo county, on the western side of Owen's Valley, collecting plants and insects.
Mr. B. L. Beardsley, secretary of the Southern California Academy of Sciences, collected insects in the Southern Sierras along Kern River and the headwaters of the Tule River, the past summer, and has taken some interesting beetles, including Omiis.
The Lorquiu Natural History Club, for young naturalists, named for the pioneer collector of California insects, has been organized in Los Angeles, and jiromises to become a fine asso- ciation of rising naturalists.
A card from Mr. W. M. Mann, the active, energetic collector and student, well-known in California, reports "good collecting here," July 11, in Southern Mexico. He will doubtless have some interesting insects to report to the Entomological World.
Mr. Wilhelm Schrader is now doing some significant experi- mental work with the dimorphic Colias Eurytheme females, at
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 177
bis experimental station near Los Angeles. A long paper on experiments with Junoiiia cositia is in the July Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences.
Mr. Mctor L. Clemence, of Pasadena, on a trip to Mt. Wilson in early August, collected a series of the interesting Lyccena neuroiia Skinner, of which something further will be said con- cerning the dimorphism or non-dimorphism.
Dr. Frank C. Clark, of Los Angeles, spent his vacation in the San Bernardino mountains, and collected a great quantity of insects of all orders, mostly Hymenoptera ; including some inter- esting Mutillidaj and stylopized wasps.
In the July Sierra Club Bulletin, Prof. V. L. Kellogg, of Stan- ford University, has an interesting illustrated article on Butter- flies of the Mountain Summits.
"An insect much resembling the June bug, and found in great quantities in the high plains about Quito, the capital of Ecuador, is toasted and eaten as a delicacy by the natives of that country. They are sold in the streets in the same manner as are chestnuts in the cities of this country. The roasted bugs taste very much like toasted bread." — The San Francisco Argonaut, April 26, ]913.
Prof. C. F. Baker, former editor of the Jourual, now of the University of the Philippines, has an interesting article in the Philippine Journal of Science, April, 1913, entitled: "A Study of Caprification in Fie us Nofa." He gives, first, an account of the marvelous symlnotic relations of the fig-insects and the figs, and their guests and parasites. He describes a new Blastophaga nota, a new genus Agaonella larvalis n. sp., and five other new si)ecies in other genera, and a synopsis. The paper is illustrated by drawings of different structures ; and is a valuable addition to the extensive literature of the subject.
Pomona College
Located in one of the most liealtMul and beautiful parts of the west coast. The mountains reach an elevation of ten thou- sand feet within a few miles from the college and these with the nearby ocean afford many special advantages for the study of things not in books. The college is a small one of the New England tvYte with high standards of scholarship. A large proportion of the graduates go on with advanced work in the large universities. There are four-year courses leading to the B. A. and B. S. degrees. In addition, well-manned departments of music and art afford exceptional advantages.
For further information, address
Secketaky of Pomona College Claremont, California
VOLUME FIVE NUMBER FOUR
JOURNAL
OF
ENTOMOLOGY
AND
ZOOLOGY
DECEMBER, 1913
PUBLISHED QUARTERLY BY
POMONA COLLEGE DEPARTMENT 0/ ZOOLOGY
CLAREMONT, CALIFORNIA, U. S. A.
CONTENTS
A New Eriococcus — E. O. Essig 179
Studies in Laguna Beach Isopoda, II — Blanche E. Stafford, M. S. 182
The Nervous System of Chelifer — William A. Hilton - - - - 189
A New Species of Collembola From Laguna Beach — Gertrude Bacon 202
Shorter Articles and Reviews of Recent Important Literature 205 The Laguna Marine Laboratory ----------211
News Notes — Fordyce Grinnell, Jr. --------- 222
Wants and Exchanges 226
Entered at Claremont, Cal., Post-OfBce Oct. 1, 1910, as second-class matter, under Act of Congress of
March s, 187B
Journal of Entomology and Zoology
EDITED BY POMONA COLLEGE, DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY
Subscription $1.00 to domestic, $1.25 to foreign countries.
This journal is especially offered in exchange for zoological and entomological journals, proceedings, transactions, reports of societies, museums, laboratories and expeditions.
The pages of the journal are especially open to western ento- mologists and zoologists. Notes and papers relating to western and Calif ornian forms and conditions are particularly desired, but short morphological, systematic or economic studies from any locality will be considered for publication.
Manuscripts submitted should be typewritten on one side of paper about 8 by 11 inches. Foot notes, tables, explanations of figures, etc., should be written on separate sheets. Foot notes and figures should be numbered consecutively throughout. The desired position of foot notes and figures should be clearly indicated in the manuscript.
Figures should be drawn so that they may be reproduced as line cuts so far as possible. An unusually large number of half tones must be paid for in part by the author. Other more expensive illustrations will be furnished at cost. Figures for cuts should be made to conform to the size of the page when reduced, that is, 5 by ly^ inches or less. The lettering should be by means of printed numbers and letters pasted on the drawings, in most cases.
Authors of articles longer than a thousand words will receive fifty reprints of their publications free of cost. If more than this are desired, the order should be given with the return of the proof sheets. Extra copies and special covers or special paper will be furnished at cost. Authors of short contributions will receive a few extra copies of the number containing their articles.
Manuscripts should be sent by express or registered mail.
Address all communications to
The Journal of Entomology and Zoology
William A. Hilton, Editor Claremont, California, U. S. A.
A New Eriococcus
E. 0. ESSIG
SECKETAEY STATE COMMISSION OF HOETICTJLTUEE, SACRAMENTO, CALIFOBNIA
Eriococcus cockerelli n. sp.
Description — The adult females are enclosed in a thin, felt- like, nearly globular sac varying in color from pure white to pinkish and averaging three-sixteenths of an inch in diameter
Figure 1. Eriococcus
cockerelli n. sp. Adult females in situ on twig. Twice enlarged. (Original).
(Fig. 1). The body is oval in shape being slightly longer than broad and distinctly convex on the upper surface. The color of the dried specimens received is deep purplish red, turning cardinal wlieu first boiled in K 0 H but subsequently becoming colorless and perfectly transparent excepting the spines, legs, mouth-parts and antennae which remain light brown or amber. The body is thickly covered with stout spines, there being three common sizes (Fig. 2, B) of the following lengths: 0.05 mm., 0.037 mm. and 0.028 mm. The length of the type specimen is
180
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
2.5 mm., width 1.9 mm. Many other adult female bodies were measured and the largest was 3.2 uam. long and 2.4 mm. wide, while the smallest was scarcely half as large. Antennae (Fig. 2,
Figure 2. Eriococcus cockereUi n. sp. Left metafhoracic leg. B, three common sizes of body spines; claw showing denticle; D, antenna; E, pygidium. All enlarged. (Original).
D) seven jointed, not very hairy and length of joints variable. The formula and measurements of the tj'pe specimen are as follows : III, 0.05 mm. ; IV, 0.04 mm. ; VII, 0.031 mm. ; II, 0.03
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 181
mm., I, 0.025 mm. ; V, 0.025 mm. ; VI, 0.024 mm. ; making the total length 0.225 mm. The following variations have been noted :
III, (IV, II, VII), I, (V, VI) III, VII, (IV, II), I, VI, V III, IV, II, (I, VII), V, VI III, (IV, VII, II) I, (V, VI)
Legs (Fig. 2, A) large with few stout spines. Femora always longer than the tibiae. Comparative lengths of the tibiae and tarsi variable. Without considering the claw, either may be longer or they may be coequal. With the claw, the tarsus is always longer. The claw (Fig. 2, C) is only slightly curved and has a very small but distinct denticle on the inside near the tip. Digitals are long with large knob. Anal lobes (Fig. 2, E) distinct with long spine and four short stout spines on each. The eight circumanal spines are less than half as long as the long spines on the anal lobes.
Habitat — Nacon Chico, Sonora, Mexico.
Host — Reported on "Chino". As this is the Spanish word for quinine the plant probably belongs to the genus Cinchona.
Collector— Taken by Prof." C. H. T. Townsend May 1, 1911, and sent by him to Dr. T. D. A. Cockerell, who kindly forwarded the material to the writer. The species is named after Dr. Cockerell, who has on numberless occasions rendered valuable aid to the author's work on scale insects.
Studies in Laguna Beach Isopoda II B
BLANCHE B. STAFFORD, M. S.
Tylos punctatus Holmes and Gay
(Fig. 6)
Locality — Found in the sand at Lagnna Beach; on being alarmed they rolled up in a compact hall. Color — Gray, spotted with white.
Figure 6. Tylos puni-l<iliis Holmes iiiul Gay. Lateral and dorsal views.
Body oblong and very convex, manifesting very perfect ability to contract in the form of a hall. Covered with many minute spines. About twice as long as wide, 7 mm. by 3 mm. (measure- ments of a small specimen).
Head with lateral lobes jn'oduced into triangular projections in front of eyes. Eyes round and composite, situated post- laterally. First antennae rudimentary, scale like. Second antennae has peduncle of live articles : first three broad ; first and
JOURNAi OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 183
second subequal iu length ; second slightly shorter and has sharp projection on proximal inner angle. Fourth and fifth long and narrower; fifth, one and a third times longer than fourth. Flagellum composed of two short articles, a third equal to one and two, and a fourth short and conical. Antennae profusely covered with spines. Extend scarcely to end of first thoracic segment.
Thoracic segments subequal : first slightly longer than those succeeding. Sutures of epimera distinct on all but first segment where epimera are indicated by a thickened margin. Epimera produced posteriorly and rounded. Legs ambulatory, all similar, very thickly spined. First leg has segments broader than those of following legs; first segment has a triang-ular process on exterior distal margin.
Abdomen composed of six segments. First two have lateral margins covered by seventh thoracic segment. Third broad, articulating with epimera of seventh thoracic segment on lateral margin, fourth rounded on lateral margin, slightly produced posteriorly as also the fifth which, however, is shorter and nar- rower. Sixth is truncate, short and broad. XJropoda have become opercular valves and have a short setose terminal joint.
Janira occidentalis Walker
(Fig. 7)
Locality— Large kelp holdfast from deep water, at Laguna Beach, Cal.
Color— \Yhite tinged with green and orange, finely spotted
with brown ; legs wliite.
Body about three times longer than wide, 6 mm. by 2 mm. Oblong, depressed along lateral margins. Slightly convexed on median line.
Head twice as wide as long, anterior margin not straight but produced into a slight median lobe ; antero-lateral angles marked. Eyes large, round, composite and subdorsal in position. First antenna has first article of peduncle large, broad and long. Second and third subequal and much narrower than first. Fla-
184 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
gellum composed of twelve articles. Second antenna has first two articles subequal; third slightly' larger, provided with antenna! scale; fourth narrower and shorter than third; fifth and sixth long and narrow; sixth longer than fifth; flagelluiu multi- articulate. Maxillipeds with palp of five articles ; first three sub- equal in width; fourth and fifth about half as wide. Mandible has a palp of three articles.
Figure 7. J antra occidentalls Walker.
Thoracic segments subequal in length. First segment of thorax has i30st-lateral angles rounded and ijrominent. Epimeral lobe occupies antero-lateral angles. Second and third segments have both antero- and post-lateral lobes with bilobate epimera between. Fourth segment has antero-lateral lobe prominent and rounded, post-lateral less prominent; single-lobed epimera be- tween. Fifth similar to fourth witli antero-lateral lobe much more rounded and conspicuous. Sixth and seventh have antero- lateral lobe very prominent and produced sharply at posterior extremity; post-lateral lobe obsolete, its place occupied by epimera. First pair of legs prehensile, remaining ambulatory
JOUBNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
185
with bi-unguiculate dactj'li. First leg has toothed propodus for half the proximal distance.
Abdomen composed of one large segTuent, possibly a very small anterior one though the suture was not distinct enough to make this certain. Telson is produced at post-lateral angles into a short, sharp point. Median part forms a rounded lobe. Uropoda comijosed of a peduncle about three times as long as inner ramus. Outer ramus slightly shorter than inner ramus.
Figure 8. Pentidotea aculeata n. sp.
Pentidotea aculeata n. sp. (Figs. 8, 9 and 10) Locality— Lov; tide pools, Laguna Beach, California. C'oZor— Reddish brown in the male; female a more delicate pink with white spots along median line of back and two similar
186
JOUENAIi OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
rows of markings, each in a line half way between the median line and the lateral margin. Both male and female have all the segments and sutures outlined with a bright red line.
Body of male narrow and elongate and arched along median line. Length 23 mm., greatest width 6 mm., almost four times longer than wide.
Head about twice as wide as long, excavated on frontal margin with antero-lateral angles distinct but rounded. Posterior
Figure 9. Pentidotea acuUala n. sp. A, first pleopod of male; B, second pleopod of male; C, first leg; D, second leg; E, seventh leg; F, first antenna; G, second antenna.
margin slightly concave with a short red mark extending hori- zontally from a post-lateral position. Eyes on lateral margin midway lietween anterior and posterior margins and almost round in shape. First anteumB possess four articles ; first broad, almost as wide as long ; following three articles not half as wide ; second and third subequal ; last clavate and slightly longer than the two preceding. First antennaj extend to end of second article of peduncle of second antennje. Second antennae have a peduncle of five articles: first short; second and third subequal, twice as
JOTJENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
187
long as first ; fourth not quite twice as long as third ; fifth slightlj' longer than fourth; flagellum consists of seventeen or eighteen articles. Maxillipecls have a palp of five articles.
Sides of thorax almost parallel in male. All but first segment have epimera which extend to end of posterior margin. Epimera of second and third and fourth segments about equally wide from anterior to posterior margins. Fifth, sixth and seventh much narrower at anterior than at posterior margin. Legs alike in structure.
H ^B
E
Figure 10. Peiithlotea aculeata n. sp. A, mandible; B, maxilliped; C, opercular valve; D, second maxilla; E, first maxilla.
Abdomen 8 mm. long, 4 mm. wide at anterior end ; composed of two short segments, a partially coalesced and a long terminal segment ; the latter narrow and slightly excavate on the lateral margins, prolonged at median posterior extremity into a pro- nounced tooth, 1 mm. long. Post-lateral angles rounded. Oper- cular valves composed of a long anterior and a short posterior part. Carina not apparent on anterior portion.
The above description applies only to the male. Along with these a number of other specimens, all females, were collected which are slightly different in shape : have lateral margins less
188 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
parallel, more arched. They were lighter in color and more distinctly marked than the males. These dit¥erenees are prob- iibly only sexual.
These sjoecimens appear to lie close to Pentidotea whitei in many details, but in others are quite different. The male of P. whitei is described as being much larger — 17 mm. by 34 mm. — and about three times as long as wide, whereas the male of these Laguna specimens is almost four times as long as wide. In P. tvhitei the epimeron of the second segment becomes narrower from the anterior to the posterior margin. Here the epimeral suture is practically vertical and the epimeron is about as wide anteriorly as posteriorly. The anterior margin of the head is more distinctly excavate and the antero-lateral angles more pronounced than in P. ivhitei. The eyes are about round, whereas in P. whitei they are twice as wide as long. The last abdominal segment is more elongate and the terminal process more pro- nounced than in P. ivhitei. It therefore seems evident that tliis isopod represents a new species.
The Nervous System of Chelifer
WILLIAM A. HILTON
There has been very little published on the nervous system and sense organs of arachnids and almost nothing on pseudoscor- pions. There are, however, a large number of iDapers dealing with the classification of the latter and a few anatomical papers, such as those of Bertkau '87, Croneberg '88 and Supino '99. I have not seen these three works. There are no references given to them by the recent investigators of the arachnid nervous system.
Some of the early work dealing with the central nervous system of Arachnida we find recorded in the papers of Tre- viranus '16 and '32, Brandt '40, Grube '42. These authors describe and figure in a general way the external form of the nervous system of spiders. A more recent paper is that of Schinikewitch '84. This author considered the brain of Epeira and determined two regions in the supraesophageal ganglion, an optic region connected with the optic nerves, and a mandibular connected with nerves to the mandibles. Saint Eemy '90 has an extensive contribution to the nervous system of spiders. He considers especially the brain in which be names the two chief regions, the ocular and the rostro-mandibular because the so- called mandibular nerve supplies the upper parts of the head as well as the chelicerae. Many details of structure are given for the genera, Lycosa, Thomisus, Epeira, Tegenaria, Drassus, Segestria, PJiolcus and Eresus. Something to correspond to mushroom bodies of insects is recognized in the posterior strat- ified body located in the uppermost part of the head in a lobe at the posterior dorsal region of the brain.
The paper of Lambert '09 is chiefly an embryological study of parts of the nervous system of Epeira. He figures the adult brain of Argiope with cheliceral and mandibular branches coming off from the subesophageal ganglion, or at least farther from the optic mass than they are usually described and figured. More recent papers on the nervous system of spiders are those
190 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
of Jaueck '10, Hilton '12 and Haller '12. There is a more careful consideration of nerve tracts in the more recent papers. Haller recognizes anterior and posterior pedunculated Ijodies which may correspond with the striated body of Saint Remy.
One of the first papers dealing with scorpions was the one by Newport '43. In this the general form of the nervous system and its branches is considered. A little earlier than this, 1832, Treviranus gave a less perfect account of the nervous system of this form. Saint Eemy '90 found a general agreement between the nervous systems of spiders and scorpions. Patten '90 pub- lished a -paper including work on this group. In his book of 1912 there is also a considerable discussion of scorpions. The work of Haller '12 is an important one in this connection.
The literature on the nervous system of the other arachnid groups is very scanty. There is a paper of Borner '04 on the Pedipalpida. Allen '04 describes the nervous system of the cattle tick, as irregularly oval, pierced by the alimentary canal and penetrated by air tubes from opposite sides. The nerve trunks come off in pairs, five large and two small. Those who have studied phalangids are Treviranus '16, Tulk '43, Leydig '62, Saint Eemy '90. Gaubert '93 describes ganglia in the feet of phalangids. Loman '05 describes the nervous system in phalangids. The usual nerves are described and a number of small lateral and intestinal ganglia are figured. The numerous papers on the nervous system of Limulus will not be mentioned at this time.
The species of Chelifer chiefly used in this investigation was scabrisculus, although a few specimens of fuscipes were exam- ined. The small size of the animals and the strong chitin do not make this group a favorable one for the detailed examination of the nervous system. However, the group in itself is interesting and the more general features of the nervous system and sense organs will be considered as completely as possible.
The pseudoscorpions resemble scorpions in many external features, but seem to be closely related to spiders. The study of the nervous system seems to show a closer relationship with the spiders. In Vol. I, p. 621 of Parker and Haswell's zoology
JOtJKNAli OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
191
there is a statement to the effect that there is some indication of an abdominal ganglion back of the cephalo-thoracic mass in psendoscorpions. I have made series of Chelifer as well as a large number of dissections and have found no indication of such a ganglion in any of the specimens.
Methods. Due to the very resistant chitin it was very difficult to make good serial sections. Fluids which softened the chitin to any degree, ruined the internal organs at the same time. A few perfect series were obtained through the bodies of some of the younger specimens, but with the older ones it was necessary to remove a large part of the chitin of the body-wall, or to remove the nervous system entirely.
Figure 1. The central nervous system of Chelifer. H, the nervous system from above, showing sonie of the nerves, cells and groups of cells which may in part represent ganglia and some of the tracheal tubes in the nervous system. The brain is at the top of the figure. I, central nervous system of Chelifer shown in ventral view. The palpal nerves are those at the top of the figure. Compiled from several nervous systems. X50.
Most of the usual neuroglical methods were used, such as those of Golgi, Cajal and methylene blue, but with small success. The best preparations were obtained by fixing in Flemming's fluid and staining on the slide with methylene blue, neutral red or hematoxylin. For a clear idea of the form of the ganglion and nerves, dissections were made of fresh and preserved specimens. Usually the dorsal body-wall was removed in one piece and the
192 JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
internal organs separated with needle points. The best results from this method were obtained from formalin fixation, for this reagent left the tissues more transparent and less fused with each other. The tracheae within the nervous system were demon- strated by mounting the freshly removed nervous system to a glycerine solution. The air in the tubes made them clear and conspicuous structures.
Genekal Form of the Ganglia. The central nervous system consists of a closely fused mass of supra- and sub-esophageal ganglia. From above, the "lirain" forms a nearly spherical dorsal mass. Back of this and below the esophagus, but closely connected with the brain is the fused sub-esophageal and thoracic ganglia. This is not easily seen from above, but when removed from the body it is evident. The globular supra- esophageal ganglion or brain has two pairs of nerves closely associated with its cephalic end. The more dorsal of these is the ocular pair which comes to the brain from the simple eyes on the sides of the head. The more ventral is the mandibular, or rostro-mandibular.
The sub-esophageal ganglion has four pairs of nerves for the legs and a larger cephalic pair supplied to the pedipalps. This larger branch divides into two within the appendage and one of these parts soon divides again. This is similar to the branching shown by Newport in the pedipalps of the scorpion. Two small nerves extend from the caudal region of the ganglion towards the abdomen.
Tracheal Supply to the Nervous System. From the cephalic abdominal region two large tracheal tubes run forward a short distance and then break up into bundles of very small branches. Many of these fine tracheoles pass in masses forward to the thoracic and head region and into the central nervous system. Two chief bundles come to the ganglionic mass from caudal regions, the smaller more lateral bundle is more superficial, it divides into two smaller groups of tubules, a lateral and a me- dian. Both of these send tracheoles to the brain and some small strands run beyond up into the upper regions of the head. The more ventral of the two chief bundles of tracheoles also divides
JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
193
into two and these are distributed to the lateral medial portions of the sub-esophageal mass of the nervous system. The trachea within the nervous system are not as abundant as in insects. Long tracheoles pass through the brain and ganglion as straight or slightly curved lines. There is no branching or anastomosis.
Figure S'. Diagram of the traclieal supply to tlie central nervous system of Chelifer scabisciilus. XSO.
The paper by Allen '04 on the anatomy of one of the Acarina is the only one I have found referring to the tracheae in the central nervous system of Arachnida.
Sense Organs and Peripher^vl Nerves. Scattered or grouped sensory hairs are found over the surfaces of the body, especially
194
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
•^is^y^'^j^i^ni''
Figure 3. Drawings from sections through the central nervous system of Chelifer. All figures X200. A to E, cross sections through the nervous system of a single individual at various levels. The dorsal side is up. A, section through the ce|ihalic end, esophagus in the center, general distribution of libers and cells shown. B, a similar section farther down. C, section through leg nerves. D, section through the caudal end of the brain. E, section below the brain. F and G, sections cut longitudinally through the nervous system of a young Chelifer fuscipes. F, is nearer the middle line and through an abdominal nerve. The dorsal side is up in both and the head end to the left.
JOUENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 195
on the dorsum. The appendages are also clothed with similar small hollow hairs of the type found so generally among arthro- pods. These liairs are very small in many places but in certain regions as on the ])edipalps they are very long and slender. The liairs are not only hollow but there is a passageway through the chitin below the seta, even in places where the body-wall is very thick. Some hairs are sunken at their bases and the whole neighborhood of the seta elevated into a little knob. Sensory cells of a bipolar type are found at the bases of the hairs in the more perfect sections, these send one process into the base of the hair. These cells were often easily distinguished from the surrounding hypodermal cells by their different shape and staining reactions although the cell process might not extend into the hair. It seems proliable that all the hairs of the animal are sensory and probably tactile. Possibly the long hairs of the pedipalps are also tactile. There was no evidence of any other sense organ except the eyes. In addition to the usual tyi^e of hair just described a simple branched form was found.
There are two simple eyes, one on either side of the head near the base of the pedipalps. These eyes consist of a thin layer of clear chitin on the outside and a small group of sensory cells below this. On the surface of the cornea of chitin a number of regular knobs of small size take certain stains such as methylene blue.
Peripheral nerves, such as those supplied to muscles were found especially in longitudinal sections of appendages. These strands were found to be very delicate and deeply staining nuclei were found along the course of the fibers.
Peripheral Ganglia and Plexuses. No very definite periph- eral centers were found in Chelifer, but in certain dissected specimens in the head and thoracic region there are individual cells and small groups which undoubtedly serve as peripheral ganglia. Some of these seem to be quite intimately connected with the more cephalic nerves and the central nervous system. Some of these seem to be true nervous elements although all may not be. Most of the cells and groups of cells are clustered about the cephalic portion of the nervous system. The numerous
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Figure 4. Details of structure of Chelifer. All figures X700. J. K. L, types of hairs shown in section. N, hairs supplied with ner%e cells and fibers, from Chelifer fii.icipes. M, Section through an eye, nearly all of the sensory cells are shown in this section, the clear chitin above the sensory cells appears covered with small bodies which stain. These are shown as dots in the drawing. O, section across the rostro-mandibular nerve trunk showing nerve cells at the surface. P, neuroglia cells from the center of a cell area, the nerve cells lie between the strands. Q, neuroglia cell with a part of the network of fibers which forms a support for the nerve fibers in the center of the ganglion. H, nerve cells from the central nervous system. S, nerve strands from the peripheral nervous system.
JOUKNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 197
ganglia of Phalangium as described by Loman '05 seem to re- semble the peripheral masses of Chelifer although they seem to be more caudal in position.
In addition to these cells and irregular masses about the central system there are a number totally or partially surround- ing the mandibular nerve some distance from the brain.
There are scattered cells, apparently nerve cells, under the hyi^odermis and some of these may be similar to the peripheral plexus described in insects. Methylene blue used repeatedly failed to demonstrate such a plexus however.
Nerve Cells of the Centeai. Nekvous System. The nerve cells are rather small, closely crowded together with large nuclei and very little cytoplasm. The cells vary little in size and present a uniform appearance in all parts of the central ganglia. Some of the cells have two or more processes, but most cells are uni- polar with the process directed out to the central mass of fibers. Cells in small groups may in places send their fibers in together, forming a distinct bundle. No demonstration of special granules of tigroid substance was made altliough the usual methods for its demonstration were used, but the large nuclei nearly always showed six or eight distinct masses of chromatin. Sometimes there was an indication of a larger body which may have been a nucleolus. In some cells instead of rounded masses of chromatin there were longer rod-like masses.
The neuroglia cells were easily demonstrated. They bad rather large nuclei and very little cytoplasm forming a mesh- work of strands. In the meshes of this network the nerve cells are arranged, much as Haller '12 has described and figured for spiders. A delicate membrane of thin cells with prominent nuclei surrounds the nervous system as shown in Haller 's figures.
Cell Aeeas. In the brain the nerve cells cover the central fibrous mass on all sides. The cells are most numerous at the cephalic and caudal ends and also laterally. In the mid-dorsal region they are least abundant, forming in places hardly a double row. The more cephalic ventral portions of the supra-esopha- geal ganglion are indistinguishably fused with the subesopha-
198 JOUENAl, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
geal. The ]n'oniinoiit ceiilialir and eaudal masses of cells seem from the position of the nerve trunks and the arrangement of the tihers to be largely associated with the o]itic and mandibnlo- rostral nerves respectively.
The snheso]ihageal ganglion is rather nniformly covered with rather thick masses of cells ventrally, there is bnt little indica- tion of more marked masses where the leg nerves are given off. The lateral parts of the ganglion are also covered with nerve cells and these reach up dorsally except where nerve trunks arise. On the dorsal side there are few nerve cell groups towards the middle line except at the cephalic and caudal ends.
DisTRiBUTinisr OF FiBKR TitACTs. In the brain there are few large commissures, one large band is sometimes made out ven- trally, Init there are many cross fiibers not definitely located in distinct bundles.
In the subesophageal ganglion there are two main commis- sures usually evident connecting lateral parts. The more dorsal of these is especially marked in the cephalic regions of the ganglion and iu jilaces appears as an arched band just dorsal to the central region. Towards the lower end of the ganglion the more ventral commissure often appears divided.
Fibers from the brain run in long and shorter tracts and connect the brain with lower levels. Some of these fibers run into the long dorsal and ventral tracts which run the length of the ganglion similar to those described and figured by Haller '12. The dorsal tract probably connects wider areas ; it seems to have a large part of the fibers of the abdominal nerves. Fibers from and to the l)rain connect the dorsal tract to posterior regions, and ventral tracts are broadly connected with the anterior region of the brain. Short connectives are found in all ])arts, cells in each region do not send their fibers straight in to the central part of the ganglion in every case, but may act as connecting cells for neighboring i)arts. Tlie brain is closely connected to the rest of the central nervous system and short connections are found as well as the longer ones mentioned. In the lower regions there are many connections from one area to the next.
JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 19^
Haller '12, bomologizes areas in the spider and scorpion brain to the mushroom bodies of other arthropods. These areas are located in the dorso-lateral portions of the nervous system in cephalic and caudal regions. These areas are marked by clusters of small nerve cells and small clear areas in this region. In Chelifer all the cells are about the same size ; there are, however, little clear areas in the same general regions of pseudoscorpions. There are two areas on each side of the brain dorsally just in front of the great caudal dorsal mass of cells and just back of the cephalic dorsal mass. These little areas are almost free from cells and they seem to be the only indications of anything like mushroom bodies.
In some specimens the fibers are intensely stained and at certain areas sucli as tlie region just under the large cephalic mass of cells on either side of the brain, fibers extend down from the cell areas of the brain. It is possible that some of these fibers represent connections which correspond to the mushroom fibers.
IMPORTANT CONCLUSIONS
1. There are no important abdominal ganglia beyond the fused mass of the central nervous system.
2. The pedipalpal nerves are the largest.
3. A small number of simple more or less straight tracheoles penetrate the nervous system.
4. There are few deeja-staining masses of fibers.
5. The cells have very little cytoplasm. The nuclei are usually i^rovided with six or more chromatin granules.
6. The sense organs so far as determined are: a pair of simple eyes and hollow setae provided with nerves from bipolar nerve cells.
7. The cells of the brain are largely unipolar, but other forms are found.
8. The neuroglia cells form a network of their fibers and this network between nerve cells serves as a sort of sheath for them. The fibrous part of the nervous system also has strands from neuroglia cells and this forms a support for the nerve fibers which run in various parts of the ganglia.
200 JOUENAJL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
9. There are very sliglat indications of mnshroom bodies.
10. Apparently the two great masses of cells in the brain are associated with the mandibulo-rostral and optic nerves.
11. The peripheral ganglia are represented by irregular masses of cells.
12. Besides numerous short connections there are large tracts running from the brain to other levels, and a dorsal and ventral longitudinal tract in the subesojihageal ganglion.
13. There are two to three well marked commissures in the ventral mass of the nervous system.
14. The brain is closely fused with the ventral mass of the ganglion.
15. There are no abdominal ganglia. In general the nervous system is more like that of a spider than of a scorpion.
REFERENCES
Allen, W.E. 1904
Internal morphology of the American cattle tick. Am. mic. soc. proc. vol. XXVI.
Bertkau, Ph. 1887
Ueber den Bau der Chernetiden oder Pseudoscorpione. Sitz. ber, d. Niederrh. Ge.selk-h. f. Nat. ii. Heilkimde. Bonn.
Boerner, C. 1904
Zur kenntniss der Pedipalpiden. Zoologica, Bd. XVII.
Brandt, F. _ 1840
Reeherches sur I'anatomie des Araigneos. Ann. se. nat. 2e ser. XIII.
Croneherg, A. 1888
Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Baues der Pseudoscorpione. Bull. Soc. Imp. de.s Nat. Moscou.
Grube 1842
Einige Besnltate aus Untersuehiing ueber die Anatomic der Araneiden.
Gauhert 1893
Sur un ganglion nerveux des pattes du Phalangium opilio. Comp. rend. acad. se. t. CXV, no. 22.
Hilton, W. A. 1912
A preliminary study of the central nervous system of spiders. Pomona jour. ent. vol. IV, no. 3.
JOUBNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 201
Ealler, B. 1912
Ueber das Zentralnervensystem des Skorpions und der Spinnen. Arch. f. mie. Anat. Bd. CXXIX, Abt. I.
Janeck, R. 1910
Das Geliirn und Bauehmark der Spinnen. Verhandl. d. Gesellschaft deutseher Naturforscher und Aerzte. 82 Versamm- hmg Koenigsburg.
Lamhert, A. E. 1909
History of the procephalie lobes of Epeira cinerea. Jour, morph. vol. XX, no. 3.
Leydig, Franz 1862
Ueber das Nervensystem der Afterspinne. Arch. f. Anat. und Phys.
Loman, J. C. C. 1905
Vergleichend Anatomische Untersuchungen an chilenischen und anderen Opilioniden. Zool. Jarb. Supp. Bd. VI.
Newport, G. 1843
On the structure, relation and development of the nervous and circulatory systems in Myriapoda and macrourous Arach- nida. Philos. Trans.
Patten, W. 1890
On the origin of vertebrates from arachnids. Quart, jour, mic. sc. XXXI, pt. 3.
1912
The evolution of vertebrates and their kin. P. Blakeston's Son & Co., Phila.
Saint Remy, G. 1990
Contribution a I'etude du cerveux ehez les arthropods tracheates. Theses a la Faculte des Sc. Paris.
Supino, Felice 1899
Osservazioni sopra 1' anatomia degli Pseudoscorpioni. Atti. Accad. Lincei, Roma.
Treviranus 1816
Ueber den inneren Bau der Araehniden.
1832
Ueber das nervensystem des Scorpions und der Spinnen. Zeit. f. Phys.
Tulk, A. 1843
Upon the anatomy of Phalangium opilio. Ann. mag. nat. hist. XII.
(Contribution from the Zoological Laboratory of Pomona College.)
A New Species of Collembola From Laguna Beach
GERTRUDE BACON
In Vol. IV, No. 3, of the Journal of Entomology, I described some Collembola found at Laguna Beach of the genus Isotoma. During the same summer, under the same conditions and en- \'ironmeut, I found a great numljer of specimens of the genus Entomohrya, which, due to the kindness of Professor L. W. Folsom, were identified as belonging to a new species. These were found on the under side of large rocks as far out in the water as it was possible to turn over the stones. This is the first time that this genus has been reported found under rocks in salt water. This species occurred very abundantly, far more so than any of the others, and was collected in great numbers. This paper is a study of the characteristics of this species.
Fig;iire 1. Enti>mtibrya Iiuiiiiki n. sp. Dorsal view. X3().
Entomohrya laguna n. sp.
(Figs. 1, 2 and 3)
Length 2 mm. Color — Dark brown mottlings with yellow ground color except on the ventral side of body, furcula, thorax
JOXJBlSrAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
203
I, and the beginning of each segment, which are yellow ; antennae and legs dark bine. There is not a great range in the color vari- ation, although in some specimens the yellow predominates, in others the brown mottlings. Body sub-cylindrical, widest at segment VI; covered with fine hairs with many large geniculate ones on the anterior part of the body and short clubbed ones on the last segment of the abdomen. For the sake of clearness only a few hairs are shown in Figaires 1 and 2. Head held horizontal, sub-cylindrical in shape. Antennae (Fig. 3, A) about three times as long as head; four segments subequal in length; IV longest; I shortest; II and III subequal. Ocelli (Fig. 3, B) sixteen, eight in each eye spot, six large and two
Figure -2. Entomobri/a hiijuna n. sji. Side view. X36.
smaller ones. There was a great deal of variation found in the size and arrangement of the ocelli, in some the smaller eye spots were very minute while in others they were nearly the same size as the other six. Thorax— I visible, II largest. Legs long, slender; long femur and tibia, small tarsus with two claws (Fig. 3, C, D, E). Both are wide at the base and then become narrow and pointed ; superior armed with two teeth opposite each other and at the end of the dilated portion ; inferior armed on the outer side about midway with a very minute tooth not visible on some of the claws. The claws on the three pairs of legs differ some- what. On the first the claws are about equal in length and both about equal in width at the base; the inferior slopes abruptly into a point. On the second pair of legs the superior is the
204
JOUBNAl, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
longest, the base of the inferior is not rounded but changes to the slender part abruiitly, making an angle. In the last pair of legs the claws are farther apart, equal in length ; the inferior is more curved than on any of the others. Abdomen — The seg-
/
Figure 3. Entomobrya laguna n. sp. A, antenna; B, eyes of one side; C, claws; D, claws of scond pair of legs; E, claws of third pair of legs; F, mucrones; G, dentes with raucrones. A, X90; B, X352; C, D, E, X^16; F, XiV2.
ments are unequal, IV more than four times III; ventral tube well developed. Furcula — (Fig. 3, G) Dentes and mucrones a little longer than manubrium; dentes serrated and densely covered with plumed hairs. Mucrones — (Fig. 3, F) Two teeth, no basal spine.
(Contribution from the Zoological Laboralonj of Pomona College.)
Shorter Articles and Reviews of Recent Important Literature
SEVENTH KERMES (COCCID^) FROM CALIFORNIA
GEO. B. KING
Lawi-ence, Mass.
|
i": : |
m |
•1 |
|
|
Md |
f. |
im |
i i . |
|
■jB"/'! |
^J |
^ |
wmm |
|
^K^^^KLs^'i^ |
-W^r^?^ |
PB»— i«-y |
|
|
••^fj |
f ^!i^ |
||
|
-i",;; |
£ |
i-^S^- Uf'fi |
|
|
^ |
} / |
wmk |
' 'I |
|
\ '^ y.>'\ ' . |
§■ |
^ , |
t |
|
M: |
Figure 1. Kermes essufii King on twigs of the California Coast live oak, Quescns agrifoUa Nee. Twice natural size. (Photo by E. O. Essig).
Kermes essigii n. sp. Female scale — Liglit brown, 6 mm. long, 6 mm. broad and 5 mm. high; surface shiny. Under normal conditions practically globular, of two distinct forms, one with a deep broad longitudinal constriction, with sides bulging, and four transverse bands of a light cream color. The constriction is not pallid, but of the same color as that of the scale, light brown. The entire surface is peppered with minute black specks, only visible through a hand lens of 20 diam. ; there are also several large black dots about the size of a pin head viewed under a hand lens. The other form is of the same
206 JOURNAL, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
color and markings, but distinctly gibbose. Treated witli KOH the scale turns black, and after prolonged boiling it turns liquid black. Derm after boiling, by transmitted light, j^ellowish, no structural characters visible. Larvce — Dark red-lu'own (lost in Itoiling in KOH), elongate-oval. This is a very pretty species. Its nearest ally is K. galliformis, from which it is separable by having a longitudinal constriction which is not pallid, and by being gibbose. It is also allied to K. cockerelli and K. gillettei in being gibbose. It was first col- lected by Mr. E. O. Essig in the Santa Paula Canyon in the mountains near Santa Paula, "\^entura County, California, in 1910. In August, 1913, Mr. S. A. Pease collected it in San Bernardino County. Through Mr. Essig and Prof. Cockerell this material was turned over to me. The species was described from the large number of females in these sendings.
The host plant is the California coast live oak, Quercus agrifolia.
I am pleased to name it after its first collector.
THE EIGHTH CALIFORNIA KERMES
Kermes occidentalis n. sp.
GEO. B. KING
Lawrence, Mass.
Female Scale — Globular in outline; 5 mm. in diameter; of a dull gray color. Segmentation indicated by five transverse nar- row blackish bands, which are broken at intervals by some- what larger round black dots. Surface between the bands of a marbled light gray-brown. The entire surface is dull, not shiny, and is covered with very minute black specks seen only under a hand lens. The above species was received from Mr. E. M. Ehrhorn in 1901 taken on Quercus sp. in California and labeled Kermes (jalliforniis Riley. The latter species is very different, the color being pale yellow; appears minutely and evenly speckled with brown under a hand lens and is more or less confused or mottled with gTay or brown.
JOXJENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
207
Just recently Mr. E. 0. Essig sent me Kermes (jalliformi.s Eiley and Kermes cockerelli Elirli. collected by Mr. E. J. Brani- 2:an on Cache Creek near Yolo, Yolo County, California, May Kl, 1910, on California lilack oak, Quercus kelloggii Newb. Here they were associated together on the same host plant. Kermes cockerelli Ehrh. is of a light brown color and strongly gibbose.
In some of the markings Kermes occidentalis is nearest allied to Kermes arizonensis King, fonnd in Arizona.
Figure 1. a, Ktniies Occident alU n. sp.; 1), Kermes cockerelli Ehrh.; c, Kermes rjaUiformis Riley. (Photo by E. O. Essig).
A COCCID FOUND ON THE SYCAMOKE
H. J. EYAN
A number of the genus Pseudococcus were found under the bark of a sycamore within the limits of Claremont, Cali- fornia. Only one tree was found to have these insects on it although there were several in the cluster. The insects were associated with ants which seemed to be guarding them. In general appearance the species appears like P. citri, differing, however, in having less prominent lateral appendages, callouses on the lateral margins of the segment bearing two short spines, and with circumanal spines of the same length as those of the anal lobes. As nearly as has been determined by com- parison with the descriptions given for P. quercus, the specimens
208 JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
resemble this species. The host plant of P. quercus is given as the canyon live oak, Quercus chrysolepis, and if these are of this species then it is worthy of note that Platanus racemosa as well as Quercus clirysolepis, is a host.
MOSQUITOS AND COBWEBS James Zetek, Ancon, C. Z.
During February and Marcli, 1913, extensive breeding in a salt-water marsh along the old French canal caused a heavy influx of adults of Anopheles tarsimaculata Goeldi and Aedes taemiorliynclius Wiede., at Gatun, Canal Zone, about 4,000 feet distant. A cement shed and a store house, only 600 feet to the south-west from tlie breeding place contained many cobwebs, and these were so weighted down with mosquitos of the species mentioned, that in several cases the webs showed breaks. It is no exaggeration to say the cobwebs were black with these mosquitos.
Another instance of mosquitos in cobwebs was seen June, 1913, in native shacks near Culebra, C. Z. In these there were on an average of six mosquitos to a web, principally Ciilex quinque- fasciaUis Say and Aedes calopus Meigen. Two specimens of Mansonia titUlans Walker, three of Aedeomyia squamipenHis Arib. and three of Lutzia higotii Bellardi were also noted in these webs.
The last instance was noted in October, 1913, at Paraiso, C. Z., while with Doctor Martini and Mr. Pickett. In a single shack, adults of Culex cpdn quefascintus Say were present in cobwebs. It did not appear that the spiders cared much for such food, probably because larger diptera were plentiful and to be had easily. It seems mosquitos are accidentally entrapi^ed in these webs while seeking shelter in corners of buildings.
JOUENAl, OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 209
PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE PARASITES OF COCCUS HESPERIDUM
P. H. Timberlake
Jour. Economic Entomology, Vol. VI, No S, 1913
In this paper a short sketch of Coccus hesperidum itself is given and then a very careful description of the five parasites and eight hyi^erparasites of the scale. The author closes with a paragraph on the source of the soft scale in California and a paragraph on the predaceous enemies of the scale.
George Ash.
The first of a series of pamphlets on the "Control of the Orange Maggot (Tryprta ludeiis)" has been published by D. L. Crawford for the Mexico Gulf Coast Citrus Association. Mr. Crawford studied this pest while he was in Mexico in the summer of 1910. Because of his knowledge of the subject, this associa- tion called him to Mexico last summer to lay out directions for fighting the Orange Maggot.
The circular states that the Orange Maggot is distributed over a large portion of Mexico. It attacks several fruits other than citrus fruits and this makes it more difficult to control. In order that the members of the association may work intelligently on the fly, a bi-ief life history is given. Mr. Crawford gives two sets of directions for the control work. One method is to pick up the fruit as fast as it falls and to destroy it while the maggot is still working inside. The other method is to spray the trees with a poisoned, sweetened liquid in the period when the flies appear. The flies eat this poisoned bait and are killed.
E. T. McFadden.
Laguna iMariiie Lahor:it(irv and Tank llcuisc.
The Laguna Marine Laboratory
One of the most interesting and beautiful parts of the South- ern California coast is found at Laguna Beach. The rugged cliffs, the level stretches of shore, the high hills and above all the great abundance and variety of plant and animal life make it
The channels just north of Laeima. These channels are very deep and contain a magnificent display of kelps (Etsenia and Egrecjia). This whole area is exceed- ingly rich in life. From first Laguna report.
an ideal situation for a Biological laboratory. The summers are cool and the winters are warm so that work may be done here at any time of the year. Pomona College has conducted summer school work at Laguna for the past three years and two buildings were erected for this purpose in the spring of 1913. The chief
212
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
rirsf rioor
|
■ Labonxforj^ |
— |
■ |
|||||||
|
1 ' |
|||||||||
|
Office 'J |
otncc |
T<7i/e 1 |
|||||||
|
A<]uarium ffecm |
|||||||||
|
- |
1 1 1 1\! ;'*»' |
1 |
|||||||
|
1 |
S/oi-c ficofrt |
Dark f?oom |
|||||||
|
Table \ |
|||||||||
|
Fasiogc . |
|||||||||
|
■J |
|||||||||
|
k |
|
81' |
*i |
LACUNA BEACH MARINE LAB0F(ATOF\Y
|
*9 L |
/fcof |
|||||
|
iboratoi |
^7 y Rooms |
'6 |
■"3 |
|||
|
' |
Pa-MQSc |
llllllllllil, |
Upper part of Ajuarium Room |
|||
|
«"'-'7| |
ator<ito. |
|||||
|
L *I0 |
rn |
r~\' |
||||
|
Bsy'j |
eirl'l Jbilct |
|||||
|
Ifoo-f |
Second Floor'
JOUKNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
213
structure has a large aquarium room in front and two class laboratories back of this, all provided with running water. In addition to this on the first floor there are store rooms, a dark room and private laboratories. Up stairs there are eight more private rooms for special investigators. A tank house near the larger building furnishes salt water for the aquaria and salt
Cypselunis californk-us. From Metz, first Laguna report.
water taps. There is considerable additional room in this Imilding.
The laboratory will be used largely for teaching in the summer but there will be opportunity for special investigators to work at any time of year and for any period. It is the hope that this station may be useful to any qualified botanist or zoologist who
Showing one of numerous small bays with sand beaches. At low tide, between the rocks in foreground and the point at left, a large bed of Phyllospadix is accessible. From first Laguna report.
Showing region just north of pier at low tide. A large area of rich tide pools are very accessible here. From first Laguna report.
JOUBNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
215
may wish to study for a time in this part of the country. The summer course aside from the work of special investigations will be given as a part of the work of Pomona College summer school, although of course it will be open to any others who may be prepared.
The laboratory buildings are situated at the foot of the cliffs a short distance back from the ocean and a convenient distance from one of the best collecting grounds. Great masses of sea
|
In _ |
1. ^^^^^Bj^mMrf^Hi^HR^^^^^^^^ |
»^-^ |
|
|
-■•^■^•^!^^^^-''2:~ |
|||
|
^m>^m^S^ --^ |
|||
|
I& |
|||
|
. .. |
' i'^ilMl |
Showing the tide pools at Mussel Point. Here are immense colonies of mussels, barnacles, sea urchins and coralline algae. This place is exceedingly rich collecting ground. From the first Laguna report.
weed grow on the nearby rocks, while out a short distance great kelp beds furnish hiding places for many forms of animal life. The irregular rocks and points, the inshore pools and channels at low tide are alive with a great variety of plant and animal
forms.
Some of the many interesting types which have been found along the shore might be mentioned to give a little idea of the
Clinocoltus aiialix. From first Laguna report, after Metz.
Young Rhiiwbatus proiiiicliis. From Metz, first Laguna report.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
217
variety and abundance of life. There are the sea weeds, brown, green and red, of many kinds and in great abundance over the rocks near shore as well as farther out. Nearly a hundred sjjecies of these have been identified so far. Sponges both simple and complex are found in the kelp. Sea anemones are abundant over rocks and in the tide pools near shore. In the sand and imder rocks are many kinds of segmented worms, while fiat worms and round worms are also abundant in various places.
Polypus bimaculatus. From Berry, first Laguna report.
There are three kinds of starfish, three species of sea urchins, several sorts of brittle stars and two species of holothurians, all of which may be obtained at low tide. Of the snail-like animals a large number have been found, many of the smaller ones have very beautiful markings and shades of color ; there seems to be a variation in the occurrence of these from year to year. Among the larger molluscs are the key-hole limpet, abalone and the sea hare. Over fifty species of shells were collected one summer
Some of the nudibranch molluscs found at Laguna. A, Laxla cockerelU; B, Chromodorh porterae; C, Chromoiloris sp. (mantel removed); D, Chromodoris sp. ; E, Genus?; F, Aegires albopunctatus; G, Ancula pacifica; H, Cuthonia sp.; I, Herv'ia sp. ; J, Hermissenda opalesceiis; K, spurilla sp. From Guernsey, first Laguna report.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
219
within a limited range. The octopus Polypus himaculatus is abundant along the rocky shore and may be obtained at low tide. The sand, the rocks and the sea weeds are alive in many places with Crustacea of many sorts, crabs and sand fleas of many species are abundant. There are several species of barnacles, and many very small crustaceans may be seen in the tide pools. Fish are abundant at Laguua and near by. Several species of sharks are found off shore, the shovel nose Rhinobatus pro- ductus among them. The moray Gymnothorax mordax is found
Lucnpina crenulnta. Dorsal and ventral views. From Guernsey, first Laguna report.
under rocks near shore at low tide. The flying fish Cypselurus californicus occurs off the coast and many other fish are abundant out a short distance about the kelp beds. A great variety and abundance of forms may be seen in the numerous tide pools, including one very interesting blind species.
In addition to the wealth of the sea, the hills and canyons furnish collecting places for many land forms and it is expected that the land and fresh water species will also be studied.
Laguna may be reached by auto stage from Irvine or Santa Ana. Stages run twice a day each way in the summer and once in the winter.
AmmnlheUd i^i>ino!<i.isimn. iniicli cnlni-ijed. A I.ii}iiinii iivcnogonid. Hall, first
Liiguna report.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 221
Students may be admitted to courses in tlie summer school at Laguna who have entered college or who have finished their high school course. For those who register for regular courses the work will begin the last of June and continue six weeks. The following zoological courses will be oif ered ; others may be announced later :
1. General Biology, with special reference to marine condi- tions. Lectures, recitations, field and laboratory work. For those who have had no biological work.
2. General Zoology. Lectures, laboratory and field work. A study of all the great groups of animals, their structures and relationships. Open to those who have had a course in biology.
3. General Entomology. Lectures, recitations, laboratory and field work. A study of the important orders and families of insects. Open to any who have had a course in general biology or zoology.
In addition to these courses general histology and microscopic technique and general embryology may be given to a limited number.
For further information address: Department of Zoology, Pomona College, Claremont, California, U. S. A.
News Notes
FOEDYCE GRINNELL, JR.
"But, of still greater moment, is a letter in which Wallace tells Bates that he begins 'to feel dissatisfied with a mere local collection. I should like to take some one family to study thor- oughly, principally with a view to the theory of the origin of species. ' The two friends had often discussed schemes for going abroad to explore some virgin region, nor could their scanty means prevent the fulfilment of a scheme which has enriched both science and the literature of travel. The choice of country to explore was settled by Wallace's perusal of a little book entitled A Voyage up the River Amazons, including a residence ill Para, by W. li. Edwards, an American tourist, published in Murray's 'Family Library,' in 1847. In the autumn of that year Wallace proposed a joint expedition to the river Amazons for the purpose of exploring the natural history of its banks."
— Clodd, Pioneers of Evolution.
"That which is in the man is greater than all that he can do." — Jordan.
Alfred Eussel Wallace, the eminent naturalist, died in London, England, Nov. 7, aged 91 years. He visited California in 1887, on a lecturing and sightseeing tour.
Dr. Edwin C. Van Dyke, president of the Pacific Coast Ento- mological Society, has become a member of the Department of Entomology of the University of California.
Mr. H. H. Newcomb talked before the boys of the Lorciuin Natural History Club in Los Angeles, on November 7, on some of his collecting trips in the eastern states.
The Rivers' Natural History Club, for boys, has been organ- ized in Los Angeles, named after the oldest living naturalist of California, J. J. Rivers, who is 88 years of age.
Mr. E. J. Newcomer, well known as a collector and student of Lepidoptera, has been contributing a series of articles to the
JOUENAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY 223
California Cultivator on his observations of agricultural con- ditions in southern Europe.
Prof. Ralph Benton, of the University of Southern California, addressed the Biological Section of the Southern California Academy of Sciences, in October, on Bees ; and on November 11 the Section was addressed by Dr. S. S. Berry on his work with the Cephalopods, and Mr. Harry S. Swarth spoke on "The Birds of Southern California."
Wants and Exchanges
Subscribers and others are urged to use these columns to make their wants known. As the Journal goes to all joarts of the world we hope to make this a very useful feature of the publi- cation. Exchange notes are free to subscribers.
Wanted — Myriopods from all parts of the world. Will name, exchange or purchase. R. V. Chamberlin, Mu. Comp. Zoology, Harvard Univ., Cambridge, Mass.
AYill exchange insects of any order from Southern California, for Microlepidoptera from any part of North America, prefer- ably pinned, with complete data concerning capture. Fordyce Grinnell, Jr., Pasadena, Cal.
Hemipteea — California Homoptera and Heteroptera, includ- ing all families, exchanged for specimens from all parts of the globe, but especially from North America. — E. 0. Essig, Secre- tary State Commission of Horticulture, Sacramento, Cal.
Wanted — Cephalopods (in alcohol) ; Chitons (in alcohol or dry) ; shells of West American MoUusca ; zoological literature. Offered: West American and other molluscan shells; zoolog- ical pamphlets, mainly on the Mollusca. S. S. Berry, 502 Cajon St., Eedlands, California.
California Syrphidn?, Aphididfe to exchange for non-Califor- nia SyrphidfE. W. M. Davidson, Walnut Creek, Cal.
Wanted — For exchange, papers on marine and fresh-water Protozoa. Albert L. Barrows, Department of Zoology, Univer- sity of California, Berkeley, Cal.
Wanted — Information on any mite-papers for sale or ex- change that have an economic bearing. H. V. M. Hall, Room 8, Court House, San Diego, Cal.
Wanted — Specimens and separates relating to the pseudo- scorpions, in exchange for local species. M. Moles, Claremont, Cal.
226 JOXJENALi OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOOLOGY
Wanted — Literature and determined specimens of Collem- bola, in exchange for local forms and literature. G. Bacon, Claremont, Cal.
Wanted — Determined specimens of Tbysanura in exchange for local species. R. Gardner, Claremont, Cal.
Wanted — Separates relating to the nervous system and sense organs of the invertebrates in exchange for reprints by a number of authors on this and other topics relating to the anatomy of invertebrate animals. W. A. Hilton, Claremont, Cal.
The Butterfly Farmer A monthly magazine for amateur ento- mologists. A comprehensive correspond- ence course in entomology, conducted un- der the auspices of The Agassiz Associa- tion, will be a leading feature during the present year. Subscription $5.00 per annum, single copies 50 cents. Names of dealers and purchasers and wants of sub- scribers advertised without charge.
Ximena McGlashan, publisher and pro- prietor, Truckee, Cal.
Pomona College
Located in one of the most healthful and beautiful parts of the west coast. The mountains reach an elevation of ten thou- sand feet within a few miles of the college and these with the nearby ocean afford many special advantages for the study of things not in books. The college is a small one of the New England type with high standards of scholarship. A large proportion of the graduates go on with advanced work in the large universities. There are four-year courses leading to the B. A. and B. S. degrees. In addition, well-manned departments of music and art afford exceptional advantages.
For further information, address
Secketary of Pomona College Claremont, California
/
h^'HOz'^
""^JWto^
^-^
^
:\ .1 *| 4 4,
^r^
''S^
m n
i
^■^'
*« *
« .* *
■'<} ^1
V'^il *4. '^ "4 ;4
.<' *!> «d
'4;.#:v^.c
4 -*
:|-#
If ■#
H P ^ . *'*•£.- fi- f f .
'^■^'^'^^M^^'^'
?'i
. tt
^r',-":
"" f ■'■ r.
;^ !^; h it- R .
HI
,1^ Iv I* «• ^
I 1
:«^>.^V
i
' Tift' fe '* l' i" E* *f- .^ . ''" f ^
^^' ^ ' 1^. ^ 1^ ^ ^ f- , rt^K-*^
' - .^ I
4 '^
i..;i ;■
5 % $ "A )4'%
} -1 :-■*■
:^ '-^V o?l
m %
1 "»
.i'.^i tf'.rr-f:^'*.
■v